SATO

CL608NX - Label printer SATO - Free user manual and instructions

Find the device manual for free CL608NX SATO in PDF.

📄 344 pages English EN Download 💬 AI Question
Notice SATO CL608NX - page 7
Pick your language and provide your email: we'll send you a specifically translated version.

User questions about CL608NX SATO

0 question about this device. Answer the ones you know or ask your own.

Ask a new question about this device

The email remains private: it is only used to notify you if someone responds to your question.

No questions yet. Be the first to ask one.

Download the instructions for your Label printer in PDF format for free! Find your manual CL608NX - SATO and take your electronic device back in hand. On this page are published all the documents necessary for the use of your device. CL608NX by SATO.

USER MANUAL CL608NX SATO

natural_image Line drawing of a rice cooker with control panel and door (no text or symbols)

Copyrights

Any unauthorized reproduction of the contents of this document, in part or whole, is strictly prohibited.

Limitation of Liability

SATO Corporation and its subsidiaries in Japan, the U.S. and other countries make no representations or warranties of any kind regarding this material, including, but not limited to, implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for errors contained herein or any omissions from this material or for any damages, whether direct, indirect, incidental or consequential, in connection with the furnishing, distribution, performance or use of this material.

Specifications and contents in this document are subject to change without notice.

Be sure to perform a virus check for the USB memory before connecting it to the printer. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for a malfunction of the printer caused by a virus infection through the USB memory.

Trademarks

SATO is a registered trademark of SATO Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries in Japan, the U.S. and other countries.

QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED.

Wi-Fi ^® is a registered trademark of Wi-Fi Alliance.

Wi-Fi Direct™, Wi-Fi Protected Setup™, WPA™ and WPA2™ are trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance.

Cisco, the Cisco logo, and Cisco Systems are trademarks or registered trademarks of Cisco Systems, Inc. and/or its affiliates in the United States and certain other countries.

Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A.

ENERGY STAR and ENERGY STAR mark are registered U.S. marks.

ICODE, I-CODE, and SLI are registered trademarks of NXP B.V.

MIFARE ^® is a registered trademark of NXP B.V.

Tag-it™ is a trademark of Texas Instruments.

my-d ^TM is a registered trademark of Infineon Technologies AG.

FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.

FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Table of Contents

Table of Contents 1

Before You Start.... 5

Features of the Product.... 5

Safety Precautions.... 6

Precautions for Installation and Handling 9

Regulatory Approval.... 10

1 Parts Identification.... 13

1.1 Parts Identification of the Printer 13

1.1.1 Front View 13
1.1.2 Rear View 14
1.1.3 Internal View.... 15

1.2 Parts on the Operator Panel.... 16

1.2.1 Operator Panel 16
1.2.2 LED Indicator 17

2 Installing the Printer 19

2.1 Installation Precautions.... 19

2.2 Installation Space.... 20

2.2.1 Front View (CL4NX) 20
2.2.2 Front View (CL6NX) 20
2.2.3 Side View (CL4NX/CL6NX) 21
2.2.4 Bottom View (CL4NX) 22
2.2.5 Bottom View (CL6NX) 22

2.3 Checking the Bundled Accessories 23

2.4 Connecting the Interface Cable 24

2.4.1 Available Interfaces 24
2.4.2 Interface Settings.... 24

2.5 Connecting the Power Cord 25

2.6 Power On/Off the Printer 26

2.6.1 Power On the Printer 26
2.6.2 Power Off the Printer 27

2.7 Starting Up the Printer (Startup Guide).... 28

2.7.1 Startup Screen.... 28

2.7.2 Language Selection.... 28

2.7.3 Region Setting with Optional RTC 29

2.7.4 City Setting with Optional RTC 29

2.7.5 Date Setting with Optional RTC 29

2.7.6 Time Setting with Optional RTC 30

2.7.7 Print Method Setting 30

2.7.8 Ribbon Setting 31

2.7.9 Setting the Media Sensor Type 31

2.7.10 Media Setting.... 32

2.7.11 Confirmation Screen 33

2.7.12 Startup Guide Cancelation 33

3 Loading the Ribbon and Media.... 35

3.1 Checking the Ink Side of the Ribbon.... 35

3.2 Loading the Ribbon 36

3.3 Removing the Ribbon 39

3.4 Usable Media 40

3.4.1 Adjusting the Position of the Media Sensor.... 40

3.5 Loading Media 41

3.5.1 Loading Media Roll 41

3.5.2 Loading Fan-fold Media 43

3.5.3 Loading Media with the Optional Cutter 44

3.5.4 Loading Media with an Optional Dispenser and Liner Discharge Outlet 44

3.5.5 Loading Media with an Optional Dispenser and Liner Rewinder 45

3.5.6 Removing the Liner from the Rewinder 47

4 Operation and Configuration.... 49

4.1 Display and Operation 49

4.1.1 Online Mode/Offline Mode 49

4.1.2 Status Icon.... 50

4.1.3 Error Icon.... 53

4.1.4 Guidance Video 56

4.1.5 How to Adjust the Print Settings During Printing 59

4.1.6 How to Cancel the Print Job 60

4.2 Settings Mode.... 61

4.2.1 Changing to Settings Mode 61

4.2.2 Log In to/Log Out of the Settings Mode 62

4.2.3 Item Selection.... 63

4.2.4 Setting Value Input or Selection 64

4.3 Settings Menu Tree Structure 67

4.4 Details of the Settings Menu Screen 81

4.4.1 Shortcut Menu 81
4.4.2 Printing Menu 82
4.4.3 Interface Menu.... 103
4.4.4 Applications Menu 170
4.4.5 System Menu.... 188
4.4.6 Tools Menu.... 199
4.4.7 Information Menu.... 220

4.5 Web Configuration 230

4.5.1 Dashboard 230
4.5.2 Settings.... 231
4.5.3 Tools 233
4.5.4 Certificates.... 235

5 Cleaning and Performing Printer Adjustments 237

5.1 Maintenance 237

5.2 Maintenance of the Print Head and Platen Roller 238

5.2.1 Maintenance using the Cleaning Kit 238
5.2.2 Additional Procedure for the Optional Linerless Kit (CL4NX only) 241
5.2.3 Maintenance using the Cleaning Sheet 242

5.3 Adjusting the Base Reference Point 244

5.3.1 About the Base Reference Point 244
5.3.2 Adjusting the Print Position.... 245
5.3.3 Adjusting the Media Stop Position.... 247
5.3.4 Notes on the Stop/Cut Position of Different Media 248

5.4 Adjusting the Print Quality.... 250

5.4.1 Adjustment of the Print Darkness 250
5.4.2 Adjusting the Print Speed 251

5.5 Adjusting the Buzzer Volume 253

5.6 Adjusting the Head Pressure Balance 254

5.6.1 Head Pressure Setting 254
5.6.2 Pressure Balance Setting 255

6 Troubleshooting.... 257

6.1 When an Error Message Occurs.... 257

6.1.1 More Information about Command Error.... 264

6.2 When the LED Lights Red/Blue 266

6.3 Troubleshooting Table 267

6.3.1 No Power/Nothing on the Screen 267
6.3.2 Cannot Feed the Media 267
6.3.3 Can Feed the Media but Cannot Print 268
6.3.4 Bad Print Quality 269
6.3.5 Incorrect Print Position 270

6.4 Interface Troubleshooting.... 271

6.4.1 USB Interface 271

6.4.2 LAN Ethernet Interface 271

6.4.3 Bluetooth Interface 271

6.4.4 RS-232C Interface 272

6.4.5 IEEE1284 Interface 272

6.4.6 External Signal Interface (EXT) 272

6.4.7 Wireless LAN Interface 273

7 Appendix 275

7.1 List of Initial Values ...... 275

7.1.1 Printing Menu 275

7.1.2 Interface Menu.... 278

7.1.3 Applications Menu 288

7.1.4 System Menu.... 290

7.1.5 Tools Menu 292

7.1.6 Information Menu.... 294

7.2 Media Sensor Positions and Media Stop Positions 295

7.3 Replacing the Print Head.... 297

7.4 Replacing the Platen Roller.... 299

7.4.1 Guideline to Replace the Linerless Platen Roller (CL4NX only).... 300

7.5 Optional RFID Configuration (CL4NX only) 301

7.5.1 Printing RFID Tag Errors 304

7.5.2 RFID Error and Reset Timing 307

7.5.3 External (EXT) Signal Interfaces when RFID Mode is Enabled 310

7.5.4 RFID Printing Tips 310

7.6 Printer Specifications 311

7.6.1 Hardware 311

7.6.2 Ribbon and Media 314

7.6.3 Interface.... 316

7.6.4 Built-in Functions 317

7.6.5 Printer Languages 317

7.6.6 Fonts/Symbols/Barcodes.... 318

7.6.7 Options 321

7.6.8 Accessories 321

7.6.9 Standards 322

7.7 Interface Specifications.... 323

7.7.1 USB Interface 324

7.7.2 LAN Ethernet Interface 325

7.7.3 Bluetooth Interface 326

7.7.4 RS-232C Interface 327

7.7.5 IEEE1284 Interface 329

7.7.6 External Signal Interface (EXT) 331

7.7.7 Wireless LAN Interface 340

Before You Start

Thank you for purchasing this SATO CL4NX/CL6NX printer (hereafter referred to as "the printer"). This manual supplies basic information on how to operate the printer. Read the manual carefully to understand each function before operation.

Features of the Product

This SATO CL4NX/CL6NX printer is a high-performance labeling system with a robust casing made of metal and equipped with versatile functions. The main features of the printer are as follows:

  • Simple and stylish design
    • High-quality printing
  • Designed for better usability
    • Equipped with high legibility TFT color 3.5 inch LCD and LED
  • Onboard Guidance Videos
  • Print head and platen roller can be replaced without using extra tools
    • Supports a 600 m ribbon
    • Supports thirty languages for display and forty-seven languages for printing scalable fonts
    • Supports various communication interfaces
    • Supports protocols such as IPv6, SNMP and NTP
    • Certified by Wi-Fi alliance

SATO CL608NX - Features of the Product - 1

- Compatible with Cisco CCX V4.0

SATO CL608NX - Features of the Product - 2

SATO CL4NX/CL6NX printer has tested compatible with Cisco CCX, version 4.0. The Cisco Compatible logo signifies that SATO product has undergone interoperability testing by SATO together with Cisco and a third-party test house based on testing criteria set by Cisco.

SATO is solely responsible for the support and warranty of its product. Cisco makes no warranties, express or implied, with respect to SATO product or its inter operation with the listed Cisco product(s) and disclaims any implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular use, or against infringement.

- Conforms to international ENERGY STAR program

SATO CL608NX - Features of the Product - 3

The products described herein comply with the requirements of the ENERGY STAR. As an ENERGY STAR Partner, SATO Corporation has determined that this product meets the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency.

Safety Precautions

This section describes how to safely operate the printer. Be sure to read and understand all instructions carefully before you install and use the printer.

Pictographic Symbols

This operator manual and printer labels use a variety of pictographic symbols. These symbols show the safe and correct operation of the printer and how to prevent injury to others and property damage. The symbol explanations are as follows.

SATO CL608NX - Pictographic Symbols - 1
Warning

The Warning symbol indicates that you can cause death or serious injury if you do not follow the instruction or procedure.

SATO CL608NX - Pictographic Symbols - 2
Caution

The Caution symbol indicates that you can cause injury or property damage if you do not follow the instruction or procedure.

Example Pictographs

SATO CL608NX - Example Pictographs - 1

The △pictograph means “Caution is required”. The pictograph includes a specified warning symbol (for example, the left symbol shows electric shock).

SATO CL608NX - Example Pictographs - 2

The pictograph means “Must not be done”. The pictograph includes a specified prohibited symbol (for example, the left symbol means “Disassembly prohibited”).

SATO CL608NX - Example Pictographs - 3

The ●pictograph means “Must be done”. The pictograph includes a specified mandate action symbol (for example, the left symbol means “Disconnect the power plug from the outlet”).

SATO CL608NX - Example Pictographs - 4

Warning

Place the printer on a stable area.

SATO CL608NX - Place the printer on a stable area. - 1

- Place the printer on a stable area. Do not place the printer on an unstable table, slanted surface or an area subject to strong vibration. If the printer falls off or topples, it could cause injury to someone.

Do not place containers filled with liquid on the printer.

SATO CL608NX - Do not place containers filled with liquid on the printer. - 1

- Do not place flower vases, cups, or other containers filled with liquids, on the printer. If any liquid spills into the printer, immediately power off the printer and disconnect the power plug from the outlet. Then contact your SATO reseller or technical support center. If you operate the printer in this condition, it could cause a fire or electric shock.

Do not place objects into the printer.

SATO CL608NX - Do not place objects into the printer. - 1

- Do not place metal or flammable objects inside the printer's opening. If a foreign object gets into the printer, immediately power off the printer and disconnect the power plug from the outlet. Then contact your SATO reseller or technical support center. If you operate the printer in this condition, it could cause a fire or electric shock.

SATO CL608NX - Do not place objects into the printer. - 2

SATO CL608NX - Do not place objects into the printer. - 3

Do not use other than the specified voltage.

SATO CL608NX - Do not use other than the specified voltage. - 1

- Do not use other than the specified voltage (AC 100 V - 240 V). Doing so could cause a fire or electric shock.

SATO CL608NX - Do not use other than the specified voltage. - 2

SATO CL608NX - Do not use other than the specified voltage. - 3

SATO CL608NX - Do not use other than the specified voltage. - 4

Warning

Always ground connections.

SATO CL608NX - Always ground connections. - 1

SATO CL608NX - Always ground connections. - 2

- Always connect the printer's ground wire to a ground. Not grounding the ground wire could cause an electric shock.

Handling the power cord

SATO CL608NX - Handling the power cord - 1

SATO CL608NX - Handling the power cord - 2

SATO CL608NX - Handling the power cord - 3

  • Do not break or change the power cord. Do not place heavy objects on the power cord, heat it, or pull it. Doing so could cause damage to the power cord and cause a fire or electric shock.
  • If the power cord becomes damaged (core is exposed, wires broken, etc.), contact your SATO reseller or technical support center. Using the power cord in this condition could cause a fire or electric shock.
  • Do not change, overly bend, twist, or pull the power cord. Using the power cord in such a way could cause a fire or electric shock.

When the printer has been dropped or broken

SATO CL608NX - When the printer has been dropped or broken - 1

SATO CL608NX - When the printer has been dropped or broken - 2

SATO CL608NX - When the printer has been dropped or broken - 3

- If the printer is dropped or broken, immediately power off the printer and disconnect the power plug from the outlet. Contact your SATO reseller or technical support center. Using the printer in this condition could cause a fire or electric shock.

Do not use the printer when something is unusual about it.

SATO CL608NX - Do not use the printer when something is unusual about it. - 1

SATO CL608NX - Do not use the printer when something is unusual about it. - 2

- Continuing to use the printer in the event something is unusual about it, such as smoke or unusual smells coming from it, could cause a fire or electric shock. Immediately power off the printer and disconnect the power plug from the outlet. Then contact your SATO reseller or technical support center for repairs. Under no circumstances should you attempt repairs on your own; it is too dangerous.

Do not disassemble the printer.

SATO CL608NX - Do not disassemble the printer. - 1

SATO CL608NX - Do not disassemble the printer. - 2

- Do not disassemble or modify the printer. Doing so could cause a fire or electric shock. Contact your SATO reseller or technical support center to perform internal inspections, adjustments, and repairs.

Regarding the cutter

SATO CL608NX - Regarding the cutter - 1

- Do not touch the cutter with your hands, nor place objects into the cutter. Doing so could cause an injury.

Using the head cleaning fluid

SATO CL608NX - Using the head cleaning fluid - 1

- Use of flame or heat around the head cleaning fluid is prohibited. Do not heat it or subject it to flames.

SATO CL608NX - Using the head cleaning fluid - 2

- Keep the fluid out of reach of children. If a child accidentally drinks the fluid, immediately consult with a physician.

SATO CL608NX - Print head - 1

- The print head will become hot after printing. Be careful not to touch it when replacing media or cleaning immediately after printing, to avoid being burned.

SATO CL608NX - Print head - 2

  • Touching the edge of the print head immediately after printing could cause an injury. Use caution when replacing the media or cleaning the print head.
  • Never replace the print head if you have not received the correct training.

Do not use in hazardous locations.

SATO CL608NX - Do not use in hazardous locations. - 1

  • The printer is not explosion proof certified.
  • Do not use in a potentially explosive environment or atmosphere.

SATO CL608NX - Do not use in hazardous locations. - 2

Caution

Do not use in areas of high humidity.

SATO CL608NX - Do not use in areas of high humidity. - 1

- Do not use the printer in areas of high humidity or where condensation forms. If condensation forms, immediately power off the printer and do not use the printer until it dries. Using the printer while condensation is on it could cause an electric shock.

Carrying the printer

SATO CL608NX - Carrying the printer - 1

  • When moving the printer, always disconnect the power cord from the outlet and check to make sure that all external wires are disconnected before moving it. Moving the printer with the wires still connected could cause damage to the cords or connecting wires, resulting in a fire or electric shock.
  • Do not carry the printer while it contains media. The media could fall out and cause an injury.
  • When setting the printer on the floor or a stand, be sure not to get your fingers or hands pinched under the printer feet.

Power supply

SATO CL608NX - Power supply - 1

- If your hands are wet, do not operate the power button, connect the power cord or disconnect the power cord. Doing so could cause an electric shock.

Power cord

SATO CL608NX - Power cord - 1

  • Keep the power cord away from hot devices. Placing the power cord near hot devices could cause the cord's covering to melt and cause a fire or electric shock.
  • When disconnecting the power cord from the outlet, be sure to hold the plug. Pulling the cord could expose or break the wires and cause a fire or electric shock.
  • The power cord set that comes with the printer is designed especially for this printer. Do not use it with any other electrical devices.

Top cover

SATO CL608NX - Top cover - 1

- Be careful not to get your fingers pinched when opening or closing the top cover. Also, be careful that the top cover does not slip off and drop.

Loading media

SATO CL608NX - Loading media - 1

- When loading a media roll, be careful not to get your fingers pinched between the media roll and the supply unit.

When not using the printer for a long time

SATO CL608NX - When not using the printer for a long time - 1

- When not using the printer for a long time, disconnect the power cord from the outlet to maintain safety.

During maintenance and cleaning

SATO CL608NX - During maintenance and cleaning - 1

- When maintaining and cleaning the printer, disconnect the power cord from the outlet to maintain safety.

Precautions for Installation and Handling

Printer operation can be affected by the printer environment.

Refer to the following instructions for installation and handling of the CL4NX/CL6NX printer.

Select a Safe Location

Place the printer on a surface that is flat and level.

If the surface is not flat and level, this may cause bad print quality. This may also cause a malfunction and decrease the life span of the printer.

Do not place the printer on a location that produces vibration.

Giving serious vibration or shock to the printer may cause a malfunction and shorten the life span of the printer.

Keep the printer out of high temperature and humidity.

Avoid locations subject to extreme or fast changes in temperature or humidity.

Do not place the printer in a location subject to water or oil.

Do not place the printer in a location where it will be exposed to water or oil. Water or oil entering inside the printer may cause a fire, electric shock or malfunction.

Avoid dust.

Dust build up may result in bad print quality.

Keep out of direct sunlight.

This printer has a built-in optical sensor. Exposure to direct sunlight will make the sensor less responsive and may cause the media to be sensed incorrectly. Close the top cover when printing.

Power Supply

This printer requires an AC power supply.

Be sure to connect the printer to an AC power supply.

Connect the power cord to a grounded power outlet.

Make sure that the printer is connected to a grounded power outlet.

Supply a stable source of electricity to the printer.

When using the printer, do not share its power outlet with other electrical devices that could cause power fluctuations and performance issues with your printer.

Regulatory Approval

FCC Warning

You are cautioned that changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void your authority to operate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.

However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.

If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

  • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
  • Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver.
  • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
  • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Shielded cable must be used in order to comply with the emission limits.

FCC Statement for Optional Wireless LAN

This device complies with RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

The antenna used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all people and must not be collocated or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

Bluetooth/Wireless Communication

Compliance Statement

This product has been certified for compliance with the relevant radio interference regulations of your country or region. To make sure continued compliance, do not:

  • Disassemble or modify this product.
  • Remove the certificate label (serial number seal) affixed to this product.

Use of this product near microwave and/or other wireless LAN equipment, or where static electricity or radio interference is present, may shorten the communication distance, or even disable communication.

Industry Canada (IC) Statement for Bluetooth

This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

• This device may not cause interference.
- This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20 cm or more away from person's body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles).

Disposal of Old Electrical & Electronic Equipment (Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems)

SATO CL608NX - Disposal of Old Electrical & Electronic Equipment (Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems) - 1

A product marked with this symbol on itself or on its packaging shall not be treated as household waste. Instead, it shall be handed over to an appropriate collection point for the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment in accordance with local regulations. Inappropriate waste handling of this product may cause detrimental consequences for the environment and damage to human health. The recycling of materials will help to conserve natural resources and contribute to your community. For more detailed information on recycling of this product, contact your local municipal organization, your household waste disposal service or the dealer where you purchased the product.

EN55022 Warning

This is a class A product.

In a domestic environment, this product may cause radio interference, in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.

EN55022 Warnung

Parts Identification

1.1 Parts Identification of the Printer

1.1.1 Front View

Diagram of a microwave oven with numbered parts labeled 1 to 5

① Top cover
② Color LCD
③ Operator panel
④ Media discharge outlet

⑤ USB connector (Type A) Enable the storage of printer setting information with USB memory and for connecting other devices like a barcode verifier, barcode scanner or a keyboard.

CAUTION

Be sure to perform a virus check for the USB memory before connecting it to the printer. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for a malfunction of the printer caused by a virus infection through the USB memory.

Note

The pictures in this manual show the CL4NX unless otherwise stated.

1.1.2 Rear View

Technical diagram of a device rear panel with numbered component labels pointing to internal connectors and ports.

⑥ Wireless LAN antenna (optional)

Connector for installation of optional wireless LAN antenna.

⑦ RS-232C connector

To connect the printer to the computer using the RS-232C serial interface.

⑧ IEEE1284 connector

To connect the printer to the computer using the IEEE1284 interface.

⑨ EXT connector (External signal interface)

Interface connector for external signals. Connect an optional device to this terminal.

⑩ USB connector (Type B)

To connect the printer to the computer using the USB interface.

⑪ USB connector (Type A)

Enable the storage of printer setting information with USB memory and for connecting other devices like a barcode verifier, barcode scanner or a keyboard.

CAUTION

Be sure to perform a virus check for the USB memory before connecting it to the printer. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for a malfunction of the printer caused by a virus infection through the USB memory.

⑫ LAN connector

To connect printer to the network using the LAN interface.

⑬ AC input terminal

Supplies power to the printer through the inserted power cord.

Before connecting, make sure that the AC voltage of your region is in the range of AC 100 to 240 V, 50 to 60 Hz.

1.1.3 Internal View

Technical diagram of a vehicle's internal components with numbered labels pointing to different parts.

⑭ Ribbon supply spindle
⑮ Ribbon rewind spindle
⑯ Ribbon roller
⑰ Print head (Consumables)

Creates an image directly on the media or by using a ribbon. Highest print quality is achieved when regular maintenance is performed.

⑱ Platen roller (Consumables)
⑲ Front cover

⑳ Media holder guide
Used to hold the media roll.
②1 Media roll holder
Hang the media roll to the bar.
⑳ Media guide
②3 Head lock lever

Used to release the print head assembly.

1.2 Parts on the Operator Panel

1.2.1 Operator Panel

NATO ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧

① ⏻ Power button

Press the power button for more than one second to power on the printer.

Press the power button for more than two seconds to power off the printer.

② LED indicator

③ Color LCD

④ Soft buttons

The functions change depending on the screen. The functions of the buttons are indicated on the bottom of the screen.

(For example, when in offline mode, left soft button: ONLINE; right soft button: FEED)

⑤ Back button

Returns to the previous screen.

⑥ ▶ Line button

Toggle between online/offline mode or playback/pause the video.

⑦ ← Enter button

Confirm the selected item or setting value.

⑧ ◀/▶/ Arrow buttons

Navigate the selection in the screen menu.

1.2.2 LED Indicator

LED Indicator ColorDescription
SATO CL608NX - LED Indicator - 1Blue Onlinemode
SATO CL608NX - LED Indicator - 2(Light off)Power off or offline mode
SATO CL608NX - LED Indicator - 3Red Printererror (For example, when the ribbon runs out)
SATO CL608NX - LED Indicator - 4 Flashes at intervals of two seconds.Blue Sleepmode (energy saving mode)

Note

If the printer enters sleep mode during a printer error status (LED lights red), the LED indicator will flash blue at intervals of two seconds.

This page is intentionally left blank.

2

Installing the Printer

2.1 Installation Precautions

Install this printer in a location as follows:

  • A location that is horizontal and stable.
  • A location that has sufficient space for operating the printer.

Do not install this printer in a location as follows. Doing so could cause the printer to malfunction.

  • A location that is subject to vibration.
  • A location with high temperature and humidity.
  • A dusty location.
  • A location exposed to direct sunlight.
  • A location with a lot of electrical noise.
  • A location with a large fluctuation in power.
  • A location with an explosive atmosphere (flammable gas or vapor).

2.2 Installation Space

Make sure that there is sufficient space around the printer so that the top cover can be fully opened when operating or cleaning the printer, or replacing consumables.

2.2.1 Front View (CL4NX)
Standard model 729 mm (28.7") 579 mm (22.8") 321 mm (12.6) 150 mm (5.9") 150 mm (5.9") 83 mm (3.3") 271 mm (10.7") 83 mm (3.3") 150 mm (5.9") 737 mm (29") 111 mm (4.4")

2.2.2 Front View (CL6NX)

Standard model 778 mm (30.6") 628 mm (24.7") 307 mm (12.1") 321 mm (12.6") 150 mm (5.9") 150 mm (5.9") 337.5 mm (13.3") 65.5 mm (2.6") 150 mm (5.9") 853 mm (33.6") 111 mm (4.4)

2.2.3 Side View (CL4NX/CL6NX)

Make sure that there is sufficient space on the rear side of the printer so that no stress is applied to the power cord or cables connected to the printer.

Printer front view 150 mm (5.9") 457 mm (18.0") 150 mm (5.9") 757 mm (29.8")

2.2.4 Bottom View (CL4NX)

Printer front view 205.6 mm (8.1") 135.9 mm (5.4") 60 mm (2.4") 346.4 mm (13.6") Rubber foot R3 φ13 mm (0.5) 81.5 mm (3.2") 297.5 mm (11.7) 5 mm (0.6) 120.4 mm (4.7) 102 mm (4.0) 100 mm (3.9) φ18 mm (0.7) φ19.7 mm (0.8) 8.5 mm (0.3)

2.2.5 Bottom View (CL6NX)

Printer front view 280 mm (11.0") 148.5 mm (5.8") 58.4 mm (2.3) 335 mm (13.1") 315 mm (12.4") Rubber foot 6 mm (0.2") Ø19.2 mm (0.8") 6.2 mm (0.2") Ø18 mm (0.7") R3 Ø13 mm(0.5) 120.4 mm (4.7") 102 mm (4.0") 100 mm (3.9) 15 mm (0.6)

2.3 Checking the Bundled Accessories

After unpacking the printer, make sure that you have all the bundled accessories: if there are any missing items, contact the SATO reseller where you purchased the printer.

User documents

(Quick guide, Warranty, etc.)

AC power cord*

SATO CL608NX - Checking the Bundled Accessories - 1

SATO CL608NX - Checking the Bundled Accessories - 2

natural_image Line drawing of a cable with two connectors and a power outlet (no text or symbols)

* The shape of power plug varies depending on the region in which it was purchased.

Note

Keep the packaging box and cushioning material after installing the printer. You can pack the printer with this packaging box for shipment when requesting for repairs.

2.4 Connecting the Interface Cable

The connection of the interface cable is explained as follows:

2.4.1 Available Interfaces

This printer supports the following interfaces.

A printer connected with multiple interface cables can continue to operate when receiving data.

However, you cannot receive data from more than one interface at a time. Normally, do not use multiple interfaces at a time.

The printer prints the received data in the reception order. The next received data is stored in the receive buffer while the first data is printed.

• U S B
• LAN
- Bluetooth
• RS-232C
- IEEE1284
- External signal (EXT)
- Wireless LAN

SATO CL608NX - Available Interfaces - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a device rear panel with connectors and ports (no text or symbols)

Note

The wireless LAN interface is optional.

SATO CL608NX - Note - 1

CAUTION

Do not connect or disconnect the interface cables (or use a switch box) with power supplied to either the printer or computer. This may cause damage to the interface circuitry in the printer or computer and is not covered by warranty.

2.4.2 Interface Settings

You can set the various interface settings of the printer through Interface in the Settings menu. For details, refer to Interface in chapter 4 Operation and Configuration.

2.5 Connecting the Power Cord

SATO CL608NX - Connecting the Power Cord - 1

WARNING

  • Do not touch the power button, connect or disconnect the power cord while your hands are wet. Doing so could cause an electric shock.
    • Always connect the ground wire to a ground terminal. Electric shock could occur if you do not.

SATO CL608NX - WARNING - 1

CAUTION

  • The attached power cord is designed exclusively for this printer.
  • Do not use the attached power cord with other devices.

1

Connect the power cord to the AC input terminal ① at the rear of the printer.

Take note of the orientation of the connector. Secure the printer with one hand, and insert the connector tightly.

Diagram showing a hand inserting a socket into a device panel with labeled pins and ports

2

Insert the power plug into an AC outlet.

Make sure that the AC voltage of your region is in the range of AC 100 - 240 V, 50 - 60 Hz. If your local voltage is not in the stated range, contact your SATO reseller or technical support center.

*The shape of the power plug varies depending on the region in which it was purchased.

SATO CL608NX - 2 - 1

natural_image Diagram showing a plug inserted into an electrical outlet with an arrow indicating the insertion point (no text or symbols present)

Note

This product is also designed for IT power distribution system with phase-to-phase voltage 230 V.

2.6 Power On/Off the Printer

SATO CL608NX - Power On/Off the Printer - 1

WARNING

Do not touch the power button, connect or disconnect the power cord while your hands are wet. Doing so could cause an electric shock.

SATO CL608NX - WARNING - 1

CAUTION

An incorrect power on/off operation may damage the printer settings. In such a case, the printer settings are reset to their default values.

Note

You can power on/off the printer from the main power source by enabling Start on AC under the System menu.

2.6.1 Power On the Printer

1 Press the ⏻ power button on the operator panel for more than one second to power on the printer.

Diagram of a microwave oven with a hand cursor pointing to the control panel, showing a button labeled 'OFF'.

2 Online shows on the screen and the LED lights blue.

Online 305 dpi QTY : 0 OFFLINE >II

2.6.2 Power Off the Printer

SATO CL608NX - Power Off the Printer - 1

CAUTION

  • Do not power off the printer during operation, such as when printing or updating. Doing so could cause a malfunction of the printer.
  • Do not disconnect the power cord until the powering off process is completed on the printer.

1

Make sure that the printer is in offline mode before you power off.

If Online shows on the screen, press the ▶ button to change to offline mode.

Offline 305 dpi QTY: 0 ONLINE ▶ II FEED

1

Press the ⏻ power button for more than two seconds to power off the printer.

Diagram of a medical or laboratory device with a hand pressing a button, labeled in Chinese.

2.7 Starting Up the Printer (Startup Guide)

When you power on the printer for the first time after purchase, the display shows the startup guide. The startup guide is a function to help you through the initial printer configuration, such as setting date and time, and loading the ribbon and media.

You can cancel the startup guide and perform the configuration later from the menu.

*If you have installed the optional RTC (Real Time Clock) kit, the time zone, date and time setting screens show.

2.7.1 Startup Screen

The startup screen shows when you first power on the printer.

SATO

2.7.2 Language Selection

Select the display language.

Select the language name using the ▲▼ buttons, then press the right soft button or ← button to confirm.

Messages Bahasa Indonesia Dansk Deutsch English, US Español Français

2.7.3 Region Setting with Optional RTC

Set the region (time zone).

Select the region using the ▲buttons, then press the right soft button or ◀button to confirm.

Region Africa Asia Australia Caribbean Central America Europe

2.7.4 City Setting with Optional RTC

Set the city (time zone).

Select the city using the ▲buttons, then press the right soft button or ◀button to confirm.

City Jersey Kaliningrad Kiev Lisbon Ljubljana London

2.7.5 Date Setting with Optional RTC

Set the date.

Select the current value using the ▲ buttons, and move the cursor using the ▼ buttons. When you have completed the date setting, press the right soft button or ◀ button to confirm.

Date 2 0 1 4 - 0 4 - 0 1 YYYY-MM-DD

2.7.6 Time Setting with Optional RTC

Set the time.

Select the current value using the ▲ buttons, and move the cursor using the ▲ buttons.

When you have completed the time setting, press the right soft button or <button to confirm.

Note

The time is set in 24-hour format.

Time 1 2 : 0 0

2.7.7 Print Method Setting

Set whether to use the ribbon or direct thermal media to print.

The options are as follows:

- Use Ribbon: Print with a ribbon.

- Direct Thermal: Print using direct thermal media.

Select the print method using the ▲ buttons, then press the right soft button or ◀ button to confirm.

12:00 Ribbon Use Ribbon Direct Thermal ✓ × ✓

2.7.8 Ribbon Setting

Load the ribbon.

*Shows if you have selected Use Ribbon in the print method setting.

You can check the setting method of the ribbon through the video. Press the ◀ button to watch the video.

Press the Button to stop the video and return to the previous screen.

After you complete the ribbon setting, press the right soft button to go to the next screen.

Load Ribbon Press Enter to play video.

SATO CL608NX - Ribbon Setting - 2

natural_image Close-up of a hand pressing down on a black cylindrical mechanical component (no visible text or symbols)

2.7.9 Setting the Media Sensor Type

Set the type of sensor for sensing the media. The available options will vary depending on the default print mode of your printer.

The options are as follows:

  • None: Disable the media sensor.
  • Gap: Use the transmissive type sensor.
    • I-Mark: Use the reflective type sensor.

Select the media sensor type using the ▲▼ buttons, then press the right soft button or ← button to confirm.

Sensor Type Gap I-Mark

2.7.10 Media Setting

Load the media.

You can check the setting method of the media through the video.

Press the ◀ button to select video mode.

Note (for CL4NX only)

When you are using the linerless model, the video is shown immediately after the ◀ button is pressed.

The selection screen of the video for playback shows. (Not available for linerless model of CL4NX.)

Select the video to playback using the ▲▼ buttons, then press the right soft button or ← button to playback the video.

The options are as follows:

The options vary depending on the printer model.

Standard Model and Cutter Model

  • Roll: Shows the video on how to load the media roll.
  • Fanfold: Shows the video on how to load the fan-fold media.

Dispenser Model

  • Dispenser: Shows the video on how to eject the liner out of the printer.
  • Rewinder: Shows the video on how to rewind the liner in the printer.

Press the Button to stop the video and return to the previous screen.

After you complete the media setting, press the right soft button to go to the next screen.

Load Paper Press Enter to play video.

Load Paper Roll Fanfold

12:07 Load Paper Dispenser Rewinder

SATO CL608NX - Dispenser Model - 4

natural_image Close-up of a hand adjusting a white electronic device with a blue clip, showing green internal structure (no text or symbols visible)

2.7.11 Confirmation Screen

This screen shows when the startup guide completes.

If you want the startup guide to show the next time you start up, press the left soft button. If not, press the right soft button.

When you press one of the soft buttons, the printer automatically feeds the media (to the print head position) and enters online mode.

Initial setup has been completed. Prevent wizard from showing again?

Online 305 dpi QTY : 0 OFFLINE ▶II

Note

You can enable or disable the startup guide in Startup Guide under the Tools menu.

2.7.12 Startup Guide Cancelation

You can cancel the startup guide at any time. When you press the left soft button on the setting screen, the screen to the right shows.

Select whether or not to show the startup guide during the next startup using the ▲ buttons, and press the right soft button to confirm.

To cancel and return to the startup guide setting, press the left soft button.

Exit the setup wizard? Yes Yes, and don't show again

Note

  • You can enable or disable the startup guide in Startup Guide under the Tools menu.
    • Even if you cancel the startup guide during play, the printer will save the settings you have changed.

This page is intentionally left blank.

3

Loading the Ribbon and Media

This printer supports two types of print methods, thermal transfer and direct thermal. Thermal transfer printing transfers the ink of the ribbon to the media. Direct thermal printing creates the image on direct thermal media. Ribbon is not necessary if you are using direct thermal media.

3.1 Checking the Ink Side of the Ribbon

There are two wind directions for the ribbon. Face-out means the ink is on the outer side and Face-in means the ink is on the inner side. This printer supports both wind directions. You can examine the ink side of the ribbon using the following procedure:

1 Place the outer side of the ribbon onto the media (touching).
2 Scratch the inner side of the ribbon with your fingernail or a pointed object.
3 If there is a mark on the media, the ink is coated on the outer side of the ribbon.

SATO CL608NX - Checking the Ink Side of the Ribbon - 1

natural_image Illustration of a rolled paper sheet with a pencil and eraser, no text or symbols present

SATO CL608NX - Checking the Ink Side of the Ribbon - 2

The ink is coated on the inner side. (Face-in ribbon)

SATO CL608NX - Checking the Ink Side of the Ribbon - 3

The ink is coated on the outer side. (Face-out ribbon)

3.2 Loading the Ribbon

Use genuine SATO media and ribbons for the printer, for optimum print quality.

SATO CL608NX - Loading the Ribbon - 1

CAUTION

• The print head and its surroundings are hot after printing. Be careful not to touch it, to avoid being burned.
- Touching the edge of the print head with your bare hand could cause injury.

The routing path of the ribbon is shown in the right picture.

SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 1

Face-in ribbon

Face-out ribbon

SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with no visible text or symbols

Note

You can also refer to the sticker located on the inner side of the top cover.

1

Open the top cover ①.

SATO CL608NX - Note - 1

CAUTION

Open the top cover fully to prevent accidental drop of the cover.

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with labeled component ① and directional arrow indicating flow or movement.

2 Push the ribbon rewind spindle ② all the way in.

If there is any ribbon on the ribbon rewind spindle, remove it.

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with labeled components and a red X mark indicating failure or absence.

3 Push the head lock lever ③ towards the rear.

SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 3

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with internal components and mounting base (no text or symbols)

4 Load the ribbon ④ onto the ribbon supply spindle ⑤.

While taking note of the wind direction, insert the ribbon all the way in.

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with numbered components and directional arrow indicating motion or assembly.

5 From the ribbon supply spindle ⑤, pass the ribbon below the print head ⑥.

Technical diagram of a vehicle interior with numbered components, likely for maintenance or assembly instructions.

6 Wind the ribbon counterclockwise to the ribbon rewind spindle ② and grip sheet ⑦.

Turn the ribbon rewind spindle counterclockwise for several rounds, to wind the ribbon.

Technical diagram of a vehicle engine compartment with numbered parts and highlighted component

7 If the media is already loaded, press the print head down until the head lock lever is locked.

If the media is not loaded, continue with Section 3.5 Loading Media.

SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 7

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with a cylindrical component and a downward arrow indicating motion (no text or symbols)

8 Close the top cover.

3.3 Removing the Ribbon

1 Press the tab ① on the tip of the ribbon rewind spindle to pull it out.

SATO CL608NX - Removing the Ribbon - 1

natural_image Line drawing of a sewing machine with hands adjusting the button (no text or symbols)

2 Pull to remove the used ribbon from the ribbon rewind spindle.

3 Push the ribbon rewind spindle all the way in.

SATO CL608NX - Removing the Ribbon - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a sewing machine with a hand operating the component (no text or symbols present)

3.4 Usable Media

This printer can print on two types of media; media roll and fan-fold media. The printer uses media sensors to detect I-marks or Gaps on the media in order to precisely print the content.

1.5 mm (0.06") 3 mm (0.12") 3 mm (0.12") 14 mm (0.55") Media feed direction 1.5 mm (0.06") 3 mm (0.12") Media feed direction 3 mm (0.12") 14 mm (0.55") Media feed direction Gap labell-mark label I-mark journal paper/ linerless label (CL4NX only)

3.4.1 Adjusting the Position of the Media Sensor

When you use nonstandard media (for example, media with printing on the underside, or media with a special shape), the media sensor cannot sense the I-mark or Gap of the media correctly. In such a case, adjust the position of the media sensor to sense the I-mark or Gap correctly.

Adjust the media sensor guide to the position where it can sense the I-mark or Gap of the media.

SATO CL608NX - Adjusting the Position of the Media Sensor - 1

natural_image Mechanical assembly diagram showing internal components with arrows indicating movement (no text or symbols)

The I-mark sensor is below the mark, and the Gap sensor is below the mark.

SATO CL608NX - Adjusting the Position of the Media Sensor - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with a red annotation highlighting a specific area (no text or symbols present)

3.5 Loading Media

Use genuine media and ribbons for the printer, for optimum print quality.

SATO CL608NX - Loading Media - 1

CAUTION

• The print head and its surroundings are hot after printing. Be careful not to touch it, to avoid being burned.
- Touching the edge of the print head with your bare hand could cause injury.

3.5.1 Loading Media Roll

The routing path of the media is shown in the right picture.

When loading the media, make sure that the print side is facing up.

Face-in media Face-out media

SATO CL608NX - Loading Media Roll - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with a magnified circular detail (no text or symbols)

1 Open the top cover.

SATO CL608NX - Open the top cover. - 1

CAUTION

Open the top cover fully to prevent accidental drop of the cover.

2 Push the head lock lever towards the rear to unlock the print head.

3 Pull the media holder guide ① and media guide ② away from the printer.

Turn the knob ③ counterclockwise to release the media guide.

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with numbered parts and directional arrows indicating motion or assembly.

4 Load the media in the media holder ④. Make sure that the media roll is all the way in to inside of the printer.

5 Push the media holder guide ① lightly against the media roll.

Technical diagram of a machine with numbered components and directional arrows indicating motion or flow

6 Pass the media below the media damper ⑤ and media sensor guide ⑥ while pushing the media to inside of the printer.

Make sure that the end of the media extends out the front of the printer.

Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly with numbered components and blue cable routing lines

7 Press the print head down until the head lock lever is locked.
8 Press the media guide ② lightly against the end of the media, then turn the knob ③ to lock the media guide.
9 Close the top cover.
10 After loading the media and ribbon, perform a test print to make sure that the media is loaded correctly.
Refer to the Test Print menu in Section 4.4.5 Tools Menu for details on how to perform a test print.

Technical diagram of a sewing machine with labeled parts and mechanical assembly steps

SATO CL608NX - Push the head lock lever towards the rear to unlock the print head. - 5

CAUTION

When closing the top cover, be careful not to pinch your fingers.

3.5.2 Loading Fan-fold Media

Place the fan-fold media on a flat location, then load the media from the rear of the printer or from the media slot on the bottom of the printer.

The routing path of the media is shown in the right picture.

When loading the media, make sure that the print side faces up.

After passing the media through the slot, refer to steps 5 through 10 of Section

3.5.1 Loading Media Roll to load the media.

SATO CL608NX - Loading Fan-fold Media - 1

Load the media from the rear of the printer.

SATO CL608NX - Loading Fan-fold Media - 2

Load the media from the bottom of the printer.

SATO CL608NX - Loading Fan-fold Media - 3

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with internal components and a 3D block base (no text or symbols)

Note

If a media jam frequently occurs with the media being loaded from the bottom of the printer, change the load location to the rear of the printer.

3.5.3 Loading Media with the Optional Cutter

Refer to the procedure in Section 3.5.1 Loading Media Roll or Section 3.5.2 Loading Fan-fold Media to load the media.

For models with a cutter installed, pull the tab ① of the cutter unit in the direction shown, then open up the cutter-open lever before passing the media through it.

After loading media, close the cutter-open lever and then push the tab ① in the reverse direction to lock it.

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with numbered components and directional arrows indicating motion or flow.

SATO CL608NX - Loading Media with the Optional Cutter - 2

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the cutter blade.

3.5.4 Loading Media with an Optional Dispenser and Liner Discharge Outlet

This section describes the procedure to dispense the label and eject the liner out of the printer.

1 Refer to steps 1 through 6 of Section 3.5.1 Loading Media Roll to load the media.

SATO CL608NX - Loading Media with an Optional Dispenser and Liner Discharge Outlet - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with no visible text or symbols

2 Press the tab ① at the front of the printer to open the dispenser unit ②.

Technical diagram of a printer or printer with labeled parts and directional arrows indicating process flow

3 Remove about 30 cm (11.8") of labels ③ from the liner ④, then pass the liner ④ through the gap of the dispenser unit to the outside of the printer.
4 Adjust the dispenser roller ⑤ to the center of the label.
5 Close the dispenser unit.
6 Close the print head and top cover.

Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly steps with numbered annotations and directional arrows indicating motion or movement.

3.5.5 Loading Media with an Optional Dispenser and Liner Rewinder

This section describes the procedure to dispense the label and rewind the liner in the printer.

Note

The maximum diameter of the liner that can be rewound in the printer is 120 mm (4.72").

The routing path of the media is shown in the right picture.

SATO CL608NX - Note - 1

SATO CL608NX - Note - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical assembly with no visible text or symbols

1 Refer to steps 1 through 7 of Section 3.5.1 Loading Media Roll to load the media.
2 Press the tab ① at the front of the printer to open the dispenser unit ②.

3 Remove about 80 cm (31.5") of labels ③ from the liner ④, then pass the liner ④ through the gap of the dispenser unit to the inside of the printer.
4 Adjust the dispenser roller ⑤ to the center of the label.

5 Pass the liner ④ below the liner rewinder ⑥, then attach it with the clip ⑦.

6 Rotate the liner rewinder ⑥ counterclockwise by hand, to wind the liner.

7 Close the dispenser unit.

8 Close the print head and top cover.

Technical diagram of a printer internal structure with numbered annotations indicating parts of the device's internal components.

Diagram of a printer internal structure with numbered annotations indicating components and directional arrows

Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly with numbered components and directional arrows indicating motion or movement.

Technical diagram of a mechanical assembly with numbered components and directional arrows indicating motion or flow.

3.5.6 Removing the Liner from the Rewinder

1 Pull the clip ① away from the printer then pull to remove the liner ②.
2 Place the clip back to its original position.

Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly with labeled parts 1 and 2, including directional arrows indicating motion or force.

This page is intentionally left blank.

4

Operation and Configuration

The display of the printer varies depending on the following modes:

• Online mode: refer to Section 4.1.1 Online Mode/Offline Mode.
- Offline mode: refer to Section 4.1.1 Online Mode/Offline Mode.
- Error display: refer to Section 4.1.3 Error Icon.
- Settings mode: refer to Section 4.2 Settings Mode.

4.1 Display and Operation

4.1.1 Online Mode/Offline Mode

In online mode, you can execute the print job.

Online 203 dpi SBPL QTY:1 OFFLINE Change to offline mode.

In offline mode, the print job will stop.

You can adjust the print settings, cancel the print job or feed the media.

After you complete or cancel the print job, you can show the settings mode.

Cancel the print job. Change to online mode. Feed the media. Show the adjustment mode when the print job is paused. Show the settings mode when there are no print jobs.

4.1.2 Status Icon

The icons on the status bar of the display show the printer status.

10:28 Status Bar 203 dpi SBPL QTY : 0 OFFLINE ▶II

- Communication Interface Status

Icon Description
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 2Bluetooth is enabled but not connected.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 3Bluetooth is enabled and connected.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 4Network link is enabled but not connected.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 5Network link is enabled and connected.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 6Not connected to the NTP time server.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 7Wi-Fi is not connected.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 8Wi-Fi is connected.Signal Level: 1
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 9Wi-Fi is connected.Signal Level: 2
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 10Wi-Fi is connected.Signal Level: 3
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 11Wi-Fi is connected.Signal Level: 4
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 12Wi-Fi Direct is not connected.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 13Wi-Fi Direct is connected.Signal Level: 1
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 14Wi-Fi Direct is connected.Signal Level: 2
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 15Wi-Fi Direct is connected.Signal Level: 3
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 16Wi-Fi Direct is connected or the printer is set to act as an access point.Signal Level: 4
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 17Printer is connected to USB host.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 18Waiting for external input/output signal.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 19RFID mode is enabled (CL4NX only).
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 20Standard code is disabled (Non-standard code).
  • USB Memory Status
Icon Description
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 21USB memory is connected.
  • Barcode Verifier Status
Icon Description
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 22Barcode verifier is connected.
  • Print Job Status
Icon Description
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 23Waiting for media removal. Remove the media.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 24Ribbon is near the end. Prepare a new ribbon.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 25Command error detected. Check the print data.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 26Receive buffer is nearly full. Wait until the printer starts printing the previously sent data, and then send the next data.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 27Defective print head is detected. Replace the print head.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 28Incompatible print head is detected. Replace the print head.
  • Maintenance Status
Icon Description
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 29Clean the print head or platen roller.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 30Replace the print head.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 31Replace the platen roller.
SATO CL608NX - Status Icon - 32Replace the cutter unit.

4.1.3 Error Icon

When a printer error occurs, the error status shows on the screen with an icon.

When an error occurs, you can perform the following operations:

  • Change to offline mode.
  • Cancel the error.
  • Feed the media.
  • Change to settings mode.
  • Change to guidance video.

Note

The available operations vary, depending on the situation.

Error Icon. Ribbon End 1009 Check and load ribbon property. QTY: 0 Selection area. Error number OFFLINE ▶II Clears the error if allowed for the active error. Change to offline mode if allowed for the active error. Feed the media if allowed for the active error. Change to settings mode or guidance video.

- Error Icon

Icon Description
SATO CL608NX - Note - 2Paper end is detected.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 3Ribbon end is detected.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 4Print data is larger than the media size.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 5Sensor error is detected.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 6Print head is unlocked.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 7Print head error is detected.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 8• Communication error is detected. • BCC error is detected. • CRC error is detected.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 9Receive buffer overflow.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 10Cutter error is detected.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 11• USB memory is not accessible. • There is no free space in the USB memory.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 12Calendar error is detected.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 13• Writing/reading information to/from the RFID tag failed (CL4NX only). • With Non-RFID warning enabled and RFID tag loaded, the items received do not contain an RFID issue command (CL4NX only).
SATO CL608NX - Note - 14• Wireless LAN setting error is detected. • Authentication with the server failed. • Authentication with the server timed out.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 15Printer error is detected.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 16The temperature of the print head has exceeded the tolerance range.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 17RFID module is defective (CL4NX only).
SATO CL608NX - Note - 18Bluetooth module is defective.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 19Paper jam is detected. (CL4NX only)
SATO CL608NX - Note - 20The barcode verifier is not detected at printer startup when the barcode check mode is enabled.
SATO CL608NX - Note - 21The barcode could not be read.The read result of the barcode does not match the command data.

4.1.4 Guidance Video

The printer contains the following guidance videos for visual reference of printer operations.

No.Guidance VideoShow video from
Error screenStartup GuideInformation menu
1 Media roll loading (Standard) - Possible Possible
2 Media roll loading (Cutter) - Possible Possible
3 Media roll loading (Linerless) (CL4NX only) - Possible Possible
4 Media roll loading (Dispenser) - Possible Possible
5 Media roll loading (Dispenser with rewinder) - Possible Possible
6 Fan-fold media loading (Standard) - Possible Possible
7 Fan-fold media loading (Cutter)- Possible Possible
8 Ribbon loading- Possible Possible
9 Media roll replacement (Standard)Possible - Possible
10 Media roll replacement (Cutter)Possible - Possible
11Media roll replacement (Linerless) (CL4NX only)Possible-Possible
12 Media roll replacement (Dispenser)Possible - Possible
13Media roll replacement (Dispenser with rewinder)Possible-Possible
14Fan-fold media replacement (Standard)Possible - Possible
15Fan-fold media replacement (Cutter)Possible - Possible
16 Ribbon replacementPossible - Possible
17 Print head replacement-- Possible
18 Platen roller replacement-- Possible
19Cleaning-- Possible

You can play the guidance video using the following procedures:

• To play the guidance video from the error screen

1 On the error screen, press the button to play the guidance video.

If there are more videos to choose from, press the arrow buttons to select the guidance video, then press ← button.

The guidance video will playback.

2 Follow the procedures to resolve the error according to the guidance video.

Out of Paper 1008 Check and load paper property. QTY: 0 OFFLINE ▶II

• To get access to the guidance video in online mode

1 Press the ▶ button in online mode. The printer enters offline mode.
2 Press the button. The printer enters settings mode.
3 Select Information using the ◀/▶ buttons. 4 Press the ▶ button. The item list shows.
5 Select Help using the ▲/▼ buttons. 6 Press the ◀ button. The list of guidance videos shows.

Online 203 dpi SBPL QTY : 0 OFFLINE ▶II

Offline 203 dpi SBPL QTY : 0 ONLINE ▶ II FEED

Settings Information

Information Help > Build Version > Applications > Print Module > Counters > IPv4 Address 0.0.0.1

7 Select the video for playback using the

▲ /▼ buttons, then press the button.

The guidance video will playback.

Help Install Paper > Install Ribbon Replace Paper > Replace Ribbon Replace Head ✓ Replace Platen

The guidance video operating procedures are described below:

Indication panel shows again when one of the buttons is pressed. Stop the playback of the video and return to menu. Playback the video from the start. Playback or pause the video. Rewind the video. Fast-forward the video!

4.1.5 How to Adjust the Print Settings During Printing

Follow the procedure below to adjust the print position, print darkness and print speed during printing.

1 Press the ▶ button to pause print job and change the printer to offline mode.

2 Press the button. The Adjustments menu shows.

3 Select an item and adjust the setting. For details on how to adjust settings, refer to Section 4.2 Settings Mode.

Offline 203 dpi SBPL QTY: 1 CANCEL × FEED

Adjustments Offset 0 dot Pitch 8 dot Speed 6 ips Darkness Range A Darkness 5 Darkness Adjust 50

4 Press the button to return to offline mode.

5 Press the ▶ button to change to online mode. The print job resumes with the adjusted settings.

Note

When Prioritize in the Printing > Advanced menu has been set to Commands and the print settings have been specified by command, the changes made in the Adjustments menu will be applied only to the data already analyzed at that time. The settings specified by command will be applied to the rest of the data.

4.1.6 How to Cancel the Print Job

Cancel the print job according to the following procedure. When the print job is canceled, the data stored in the receive buffer of the printer is also deleted.

1 Press the button to change the printer to offline mode.
2 Press the left soft button. A message shows, confirming that you want to cancel the print job.

Offline 203 dpi SBPL QTY: 1 CANCEL × FEED

3 Press the right soft button. The print job will be canceled.

Cancel print batch?

4.2 Settings Mode

In settings mode, the following menus show:

Shortcut Printing Interface Applications System Tools Information

Menu Description
Shortcut Directly accessfrequently used settings.
Printing Access the settings related to printing.
Interface Access the settings related to the interfaces.
Applications Access the settings related to the printer's command language.
System Access the settings related to the display language, buzzer volume etc.
Tools Access the test print, initialization and other settings.
Information Access the printer information and help videos.

4.2.1 Changing to Settings Mode

The settings mode can be shown when no print jobs remain in the printer. Change the printer to settings mode according to the following procedure:

1 Press the ▶ button in online mode. The printer enters offline mode.

Offline 203 dpi SBPL QTY : 0 ONLINE ▶ II FEED

2 Press the button.

The printer enters settings mode.

To exit the settings mode, press the ▶|| button.

Settings i < Shortcut >

4.2.2 Log In to/Log Out of the Settings Mode

After entering the settings mode, you will be prompted with password if password is enabled (Refer to Password Enable in System > Password).

When you exit from the settings mode after a successful login, LOG OUT shows on the bottom left of the screen.

Press the left soft button if you want to log out immediately.

Password is required to enter the settings mode again.

Note

With password enabled, if no button is pressed for about ten minutes after login, the login session will end automatically. Password is required to enter the settings mode again.

Password Enter Password a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 123 u v w x y z . , _ - Shift X @ ! ? X ✓

Settings i < Shortcut > LOG OUT

4.2.3 Item Selection

Select an item in settings mode according to the following procedure:

1 Select menu using the 🔊 buttons.
2 Press the button.

The item list shows.

Settings i < Shortcut >

3 Select an item using the ▲buttons.
4 Press the button.

If the selected item is a setting item, the setting screen shows.

If the selected item is a command, the command will be executed.

Shortcut ^ Darkness 5 Auto-mode ✓ Print Mode Tear-Off Backfeed Before Ribbon ✓ ✓ Sensor Type Gap

Items with a “>” indicated on the right side have more items in the next layer of the submenu.

Press the ▶ or button to show the next layer.

Similarly, select an item using the ▲/▼ and buttons.

Press the Button to return to the previous screen.

Shortcut Print Mode Tear-Off Backfeed Before Ribbon Sensor Type Gap Head Check Off Help There are more items in the next layer. Returns to the previous screen.

4.2.4 Setting Value Input or Selection

This section describes the alphanumeric input on the setting screen and how to select an item from the list.

Note

You can also input alphanumeric characters from a USB keyboard by connecting it to the printer.

- Character Input

Text box Selection area Delete the character to the left of the cursor indicated in the text box. Select the character for input using the arrow buttons. The selected character will be highlighted in the selection area. Password Enter Password 1 2 3 Shift Change the input mode. Save the character you enter in the text box and return to the item list. Cancel the character you enter in the text box and return to the item list. Enter the selected character into the text box.

- Numeric Input

Text box Selection area Delete the number to the left of the cursor indicated in the text box. Select the number for input using the arrow buttons. The selected number will be highlighted in the selection area. Password Enter Password a b c Change the input mode. Save the number you enter in the text box and return to the item list. Cancel the number you enter in the text box and return to the item list. Enter the selected number into the text box.

- Selection from the list

Selection area Ribbon Near End Enabled Disabled Save the selection from the list and return to the item list. Cancel the selection from the list and return to the item list. Select an item using the ▲ / ▼ buttons. The selected item will be highlighted in the selection area.

- Selection from the box

Factory Label Width Large Pitch 0 dot Offset 0 dot Darkness Adjust 0 Selection box Perform the function as shown on the screen above. Changes the value in the selection box using the ▲/ ▶buttons. Returns to the previous screen. Select an item using the ▲/ ▶buttons. The selected item will be highlighted in the selection area.

- Entering an IP address

Text box IP Address 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 Save the IP address you enter in the text box and return to the item list. Cancel the IP address you enter in the text box and return to the item list. Select the digit for input using the ▲ buttons. Select the number to input using the ▲ ▼ buttons.

4.3 Settings Menu Tree Structure

There are six main menus in Settings mode and each menu contains many layers of submenus. Frequently used settings are also listed in the Shortcut menu so that you can directly access them. The tables below outline the Settings menus tree structure. Refer to the tree structure to understand where information is located in the setting menus. Click on the items in blue to link directly to the details of the selected items.

SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 1ShortcutShortcuts to frequently used settings
Adjustments
Speed
Darkness Range
Darkness
Auto-mode
Print Mode
Backfeed
Ribbon
Sensor Type
Head Check
Help

SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 2
Printing Submenus

Label Length
Label Width
Auto Measure
Ribbon
Ribbon Near End
Speed
Sensor Type
Auto-mode
Print Mode
Backfeed
Eject Cut
Darkness Range
Darkness
Imaging Vertical
Horizontal
Advanced CalibrateAuto-calibration
GAP Levels
GAP Slice Level
I-Mark Levels
I-Mark Slice Level
Head Check
Head Check Mode
Every Page
Check Media Size
Adjustments Offset
Pitch
Darkness Adjust
Start Online
Feed After Error
Feed At Power On
Finisher Feed
Paper End
Head Base Position
Prioritize
Reprint
Print End Position
Label Near End

SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 3
Interface Submenus

Network Settings LAN IPv4 Mode
DHCP/Renew Lease
IP Address
Netmask
Gateway
DNS
IPv6 Mode
DHCP/Renew Lease
IP Address
Prefix Length
Gateway
DNS
Proxy Enabled
Server
Exclude
Wi-Fi IPv4 Mode
DHCP/Renew Lease
IP Address
Netmask
Gateway
DNS
IPv6 Mode
DHCP/Renew Lease
IP Address
Prefix Length
Gateway
DNS
Proxy Enabled
Server
Exclude
Wi-Fi Protected SetupButton (PBC)
PIN
Wi-Fi Direct Device Name
SSID
SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 4Submenus
Network SettingsWi-FiHiddenSSID
Mode
Channel
Security
WEP Conf. Authentication
Key Index
Key #1 - Key #4
WPA Conf. WPA Authentication
PSK
EAP Conf.
EAP Conf. EAP Mode
Inner Method
Username
Password
Anon. Outer ID
Verify Server Cert.
Private Key P/W
PAC Auto Provisioning
PAC P/W
Interface
Services Ports Port1
Port2
Port3
Flow Control
BCC
NTP Enable
Error
Time Server IP
LPD
FTP Enable
FTP Timeout
SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 5Interface Submenus
Network ServicesSNMP sysContact
sysName
sysLocation
Agent Enable
Read-Only SNMP Version
Read-Write SNMP Version
Traps Enable
SNMP Version
IP Version
Destinations
Destination 1
Destination 2
Destination 3
Community
User
Engine ID
Security
Authentication Protocol
Authentication Passphrase
Privacy Protocol
Privacy Passphrase
Advanced ARPAnnounce-mentAdditional
Periodic
SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 6Interface Submenus
IEEE1284 FlowControl
BCC
RS-232C BaudateParameters
Flow Control
BCC
USB Flow ControlBCC
Bluetooth EnableName
Pin Code
BD Address
Firm Version
Host BD Addr
Authentication
ISI
ISW
PSI
PSW
CRC Mode
Flow Control
Ignore CR/LF
Ignore CAN/DLE
External I/O Enable
EXT I/O Re-print
SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 7Submenus
RFID (CL4NX only)Antenna Pitch
Write Power
Read Power
Tag Offset
Reader Model
Reader Version
View Memory Bank
Retry Mode
Retries
Mark bad tags
MCS MCS
Non-RFID Warning
Log RFID Data
Data To Record
Output Error Mode
Pulse Length
Counters Lifetime Count Success
User Count Success
SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 8Applications Submenus
Protocol
SBPL Show Error
Standard Code
Orientation
Font Settings Zero Slash
Compatible CODE128(C) Zero Fill
SZPL Label Shift
SIPL Font Settings Code Page
c20 Proportional Pitch
0 Slash
Format Save
STCL Command Head Control Code
1st Byte Code
2nd Byte Code
3rd Byte Code
Font Settings Zero Slash
Code Page
SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 9Applications Submenus
SDPL Control CodeCode Type
Label Rotation
Format Attribute
Pause Mode
SOP Emulation
1 Byte Codepage
SDPL Measure Unit
Compatible Mode TTF
AEP Enable
Start Application
SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 10System Submenus
Regional Messages
USB Keyboard
Locale
Unit
Time
Date
Time Zone Region City
Notifications Clean Printhead Clean Printhead
Tools Submenus
Test Print Factory Label Width
Pitch
Offset
Darkness Adjust
Configure List Label Width
Label Length
Pitch
Offset
Darkness Adjust
Configure QR Label Width
Paper Sensor Label Width
HEX-Dump Hex Dump Mode
Buffer Dump
Log Files Copy
Remove
Print
ResetSelect Data
Data & Settings
Settings
Profiles Delete
Load
Save
Start with
Service
Factory
Certificates HTTPS
Wi-Fi Root CA
Wi-Fi Client
Wi-Fi Private Key
EAP-FAST PAC File
SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 11Tools Submenus
Barcode Reader ReadingReader Select
Reader Test
Checking Mode
Start Position
VOID Print
Retry Count
Host Notification
Logs Copy
Remove
Clone
Startup Guide

SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 12
Information Submenus

Help Install Paper Roll Standard
Cutter
Linerless (CL4NX only)
Dispenser
Dispenser with Rewinder
Fanfold Standard
Cutter
Install Ribbon
Replace Paper Roll Standard
Cutter
Linerless (CL4NX only)
Dispenser
Dispenser with Rewinder
Fanfold Standard
Cutter
Replace Ribbon
Replace Head
Replace Platen
Cleaning
Build Version Name
Date
Checksum
Kernel Version
Boot Version Disks
Warp!!-mode
Date
Applications
Installation Log RPMLog
System Restore
Print Module Boot Name
Main Name
Release Date
Checksum
Counters Head Life
Head 1
Head 2
Head 3
Cutter
IPv4 Address
IPv6 Address
SATO CL608NX - Settings Menu Tree Structure - 13Information Submenus
LAN MAC
Wi-Fi MAC
Wi-Fi Region
Wi-Fi Status
Wi-Fi Direct SSID
Role
Device Address
IP Address
Passphrase
Wi-Fi Versions

4.4 Details of the Settings Menu Screen

4.4.1 Shortcut Menu

Frequently used settings are listed in the Shortcut menu.

Shortcut
1 Adjustments Correct the offset, print position and print darkness.SATO CL608NX - Shortcut Menu - 1
2 Speed Set the print speed.
3 Darkness Range Set the range of the print darkness.
4 Darkness Set the print darkness.
5 Auto-mode Automatically set the print mode.
6 Print Mode Manually set the print mode.
7 Backfeed Set the backfeed operation.
8 Ribbon Set whether to print using a ribbon or direct thermal media.
9 Sensor Type Set the media sensor type.
10 Head Check Check if there is a broken element of the print head.
11 Help Shows the guidance video.

4.4.2 Printing Menu

The following settings are available in the Printing menu:

Printing
1 Label Length Set the length of the media.SATO CL608NX - Printing Menu - 1
2 Label Width Set the width of the media.
3 Auto Measure Automatically measure the length of the media.
4 Ribbon Set whether to print using a ribbon or direct thermal media.
5 Ribbon Near End Enable or disable the warning when the ribbon is about to run out.*Shows only if you have selected Use Ribbon in the Ribbon menu.
6 Speed Set the print speed.
7 Sensor Type Set the media sensor type.
8 Auto-mode Automatically set the print mode.
9 Print Mode Manually set the print mode.
10 Backfeed Set the back feed operation.
11 Eject Cut Set the time from the print completion until the print cut.*Shows only if you have selected Cut & Print in the Print Mode menu.
12 Darkness RangeSet the range of the print darkness.
13 Darkness Set the print darkness.
14 Imaging Set the print reference position in the vertical and horizontal directions.
15 Advanced Set the sensor operation and print motion.

Label Length

Printing > Label Length

Set the length of the media.

The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.

The setting range of the label length is as follows:

• 203 dpi: 1 to 20000 dots
• 305 dpi: 1 to 18000 dots
• 609 dpi: 1 to 9600 dots

• 203 dpi: 1 to 20000 dots
• 305 dpi: 1 to 18000 dots

Note

Set the label size to a value that includes the liner.

Label Length 1-20000 dot 20000 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Label Width

Printing > Label Width

Set the width of the media.

The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.

The setting range of the label width is as follows:

• 203 dpi: 1 to 832 dots
• 305 dpi: 1 to 1248 dots
• 609 dpi: 1 to 2496 dots

if Head Base Position is Standard

• 203 dpi: 1 to 1216 dots
• 305 dpi: 1 to 1984 dots

if Head Base Position is Left-justify

• 203 dpi: 1 to 1340 dots
• 305 dpi: 1 to 2010 dots

Note

Set the label size to a value that includes the liner.

Label Width 1-832 dot 832 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Auto Measure

Printing > Auto Measure

The printer automatically measures the length of the media.

The measured length of the media will be automatically saved in Label Length.

Available when you have selected Gap or I-Mark in the Sensor Type menu.

The setting procedure of the label length using the Auto Measure function is as follows:

  1. Load the media.
  2. Set Auto Measure to Enabled.
  3. Press the button or button to show the online or offline screen.
  4. Open the print head. (Head Open error occurs)
  5. Close the print head. (Returns to offline screen)
  6. When you press the button, the printer feeds two pieces of label and measures the label length.
  7. The measured label length will be saved in Label Length.

Note

When you have set Auto Measure to Enabled, this function executes when the printer powers on.

Auto Measure Enabled Disabled

Ribbon

Printing > Ribbon

Set whether to print using a ribbon or direct thermal media.

The options are as follows:

  • Use Ribbon: Print with a ribbon.
  • Direct Thermal: Print using direct thermal media.

Ribbon Use Ribbon Direct Thermal

Ribbon Near End

Printing > Ribbon Near End

Show or do not show the warning icon when the ribbon is about to run out.

Shows only if you have selected Use Ribbon in the Ribbon menu.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Show the warning icon.
  • Disabled: Do not show the warning icon.

Ribbon Near End Enabled Disabled

Note

The warning icon shows in the status bar on the upper part of the screen.

Speed

Printing > Speed

The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer. The setting range of the print speed is as follows:

• 203 dpi: 2 to 10 ips (inches/sec)
• 305 dpi: 2 to 8 ips (inches/sec)
• 609 dpi: 2 to 6 ips (inches/sec)

If the optional linerless kit is installed, the setting range will be from 2 to 6 ips (inches/sec) regardless of the print resolution of the printer. If Speed is set to 7 ips and above, it will change to 4 ips after the optional linerless kit is installed.

  • 203 dpi: 2 to 10 ips (inches/sec)
    • 305 dpi: 2 to 8 ips (inches/sec)

Note

Setting the print speed to a level that is too fast may affect the print quality.

Speed 2 3 4 5 6 7

Sensor Type

Printing > Sensor Type

Set the type of sensor for sensing the media. The options are as follows:

  • None: Disable the media sensor.
  • Gap: Use the transmissive type sensor.
  • I-Mark: Use the reflective type sensor.

If you have selected Tear-Off, Dispenser or Cut & Print in Print Mode, only Gap and I-Mark will be available in the Sensor Type menu. If you have selected Linerless in Print Mode (CL4NX only), only None and I-Mark will be available in the Sensor Type menu.

Sensor Type None Gap I-Mark

Auto-mode

Printing > Auto-mode

When using Auto-mode, the print mode changes automatically according to the status of the installed option unit.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: The print mode changes automatically.
  • Disabled: The print mode changes according to the setting of the Print Mode.

Operate in cutter mode if you have installed the optional cutter unit. Operate in dispenser mode if you have installed the optional dispenser unit.

Operate in linerless mode if you have installed the optional linerless kit (CL4NX only).

Auto-mode Enabled Disabled

Printing > Print Mode

Set the print mode.

The options are as follows:

  • Continuous: Print the specified number of media. The media remains in position for printing at all times.
  • Tear-Off: After printing the specified number of media, the printer feeds the last printed media so that it is fully extended out of the printer's front for removal. After printing, tear off the media manually.
  • Cutter: Cut each media while printing the specified number of media. You can specify this option only if you have installed the cutter unit.
  • Cut & Print: Cut the last printed media while printing media with next data. If next data is not received within the period specified in Eject Cut, the printer will feed the media to the cut position and cut the last printed media. You can specify this option only if you have installed the cutter unit.
  • Dispenser: Peel the liner from the printed label as it is advanced to the printer's front. Once the printed label has been removed from the printer for application, the next label will retract and position itself for printing. You can specify this option only if you have installed the dispenser unit.
  • Linerless (CL4NX only): Cut each label while printing the specified number of labels. You can specify this option only if you have installed the linerless kit.

If no option is installed, Continuous and Tear-Off are available in the Print Mode menu.

If the optional cutter unit is installed, Continuous, Tear-Off, Cutter and Cut & Print are available in the Print Mode menu.

If the optional dispenser unit is installed, Continuous, Tear-Off and Dispenser are available in the Print Mode menu.

If the optional linerless kit is installed, only Linerless is available in the Print Mode menu.

If no option is installed, Continuous and Tear-Off are available in the Print Mode menu.

If the optional cutter unit is installed, Continuous, Tear-Off, Cutter and Cut & Print are available in the Print Mode menu.

If the optional dispenser unit is installed, Continuous, Tear-Off and Dispenser are available in the Print Mode menu.

Note

You cannot set the Print Mode if Auto-mode is Enabled.

Print Mode Continuous Tear-Off Cutter ✓ Cut & Print ✓

Backfeed

Printing > Backfeed

Backfeed is applicable only when the print mode is set to tear-off mode, cutter mode, dispenser mode or linerless mode (CL4NX only).

The options are as follows:

• None: Do not backfeed.
- After: After cut, backfeed the front part of the next media to the print head position. For dispenser mode, backfeed the front part of the next label after dispensing the label.
- Before: Before printing, backfeed the front part of the media to the print head position.

If you have selected Tear-Off or Linerless (CL4NX only) in Print Mode, only Before is available in the Backfeed menu.

Backfeed None After Before

Eject Cut

Printing > Eject Cut

Set the Eject cut motion for the last printed media. Cut the last media after the specified timing.

Shows only when you have selected Cut & Print in the Print Mode menu. The setting range is from 0 to 5 (sec).

Eject Cut 0-5 s 0 × 12:42

Darkness Range

Printing > Darkness Range

Set the range of the print darkness.

The darkness range affects the print darkness.

The options are as follows:

A, B, C, D, E, F

*The normal setting is A. You can also select B to F but the print darkness does not change.

Darkness Range A B C D E F

Darkness

Printing > Darkness

Specify the print darkness from ten steps.

The setting range is from 1 to 10. 1 is the lightest and 10 is the darkest.

To further fine tune the print darkness, set the items in Printing > Advanced > Adjustments > Darkness Adjust.

Darkness 1 2 3 4 5 6

Imaging

Printing > Imaging

Set the print reference position in the vertical and horizontal directions. The setting items are as follows:

1 Vertical Offset the print position in the vertical (feed) direction.
2 Horizontal Offset the print position in the horizontal direction.

Imaging Vertical 0 dot Horizontal 0 dot

Label Liner Pitch Feed direction Base reference point after offset Offset of horizontal base reference point +V +H Offset of vertical base reference point Print reference position

Vertical

Printing > Imaging > Vertical

Set the print position in the vertical direction.

Set the offset value '+' from the print reference position to move the print position opposite the feed direction and value '-' to move the print position in the feed direction.

Feed direction +V ABC -V

The setting range is from -792 to +792 dots.

Vertical -792-792 dot 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 - ✓

Horizontal

Printing > Imaging > Horizontal

Set the print position in the horizontal direction.

Set the offset value '+' from the print reference position to move to the left side and value '-' to move to the right side of the printer (when facing the front of the printer).

Feed direction ABC-H+

The setting range is from -792 to +792 dots.

Horizontal -792-792 dot 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 - ✓

Advanced
Printing > AdvancedSet detailed sensor operation and print motion.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Horizontal - 3
1CalibrateAdjust the media sensor.
2Head CheckCheck if there is a broken element of the print head.
3Head Check ModeSet the mode for head check.*Shows only if you have selected All or Barcode in the Head Check menu.
4Every PageSet the interval for head check.*Shows only if you have selected Every Page in the Head Check Mode menu.
5Check Media Size Enable or disable media size check.*Shows only if you have selected Gap or I-Mark in the Sensor Type menu.
6Adjustments Correct the offset, print position and print darkness.
7Start OnlineStart in online mode at power on.
8Feed After ErrorFeeds the media when an error occurs.
9Feed At Power OnAutomatically feeds the media at power on.
10Finisher FeedSet the length to feed after printing.
11Paper EndSelect the sensor for sensing the paper end.
12Head Base PositionSet the edge position for printing.
13PrioritizeSelect the prioritized setting.
14ReprintEnable or disable the reprint function.
15Print End PositionSet the print end position of the media.
16Label Near EndEnable or disable the warning when the media is about to run out.*This printer does not support the Label Near End function. Keep the setting disabled.
Calibrate
Printing > Advanced > CalibrateAdjust the media sensor level.In instances of media detection malfunction, adjust the media sensor level (Gap and I-mark sensor).The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Horizontal - 4
1 Auto-calibration Automatically adjust the sensor level.*Does not show if you have installed the optional linerless kit (CL4NX only).
2 GAP Levels Manually set the Gap sensor level.
3 GAP Slice Level Manually set the Gap sensor slice level.
4 I-Mark Levels Manually set the I-mark sensor level.
5 I-Mark Slice Level Manually set the I-mark sensor slice level.

Auto-calibration

Printing > Advanced > Calibrate > Auto-calibration

Perform the auto-calibration for the selected media sensor.

Auto-calibration is not available if you have installed the optional linerless kit (CL4NX only).

  • Gap + I-Mark: Perform the adjustment for both the Gap sensor and I-mark sensor.
  • Gap: Perform the adjustment for the Gap sensor.
  • I-Mark: Perform the adjustment for the I-mark sensor.

Auto-calibration Gap + I-Mark Gap I-Mark START

Procedure:

  1. Push the head lock lever towards the rear to unlock the print head.
  2. Pass the media below the media sensor guide. If you are using labels, remove the label from the liner. Align it so that the media sensor does not sense the I-mark (black mark).
  3. Press the print head down until the head lock lever is locked. To get the correct adjustment result, adjust after you have locked the print head.
  4. Press the ▲/▼ buttons to select the type of sensor to be adjusted.
  5. Press the right soft button or ← button to start the sensor adjustment.
  6. The sensor adjustment result shows. To exit the adjustment, press the right soft button.
  7. Set to offline mode. Press the right soft button to confirm that the media feeds correctly.

Note

If the media does not feed correctly after Auto-calibration, contact your SATO reseller or technical support center.

GAP Levels

Printing > Advanced > Calibrate > GAP Levels

Manually set the Gap sensor level.

The setting procedure is as follows:

First, adjust the "Low" level (voltage) of the Gap sensor.

  1. Remove the label from the liner.
  2. Pass the liner through the media sensor. Align it so that the media sensor does not sense the I-mark (black mark).
  3. Close the print head. To get the correct adjustment result, adjust after you have closed the print head.

  4. Select the GAP Levels in the Calibrate menu and press the ← button.

  5. Press the ▲/▼ buttons to change the Emit value until the Sensor value is below 0.5 (V). Set the Emit value as low as possible.

  6. If the Sensor value does not decrease below 0.5 after you changed the Emit value, press the ◀/▶ buttons to change the Receive value.

  7. Take a note of the Sensor value from the above procedure. This is the "Low" level value for the Gap sensor.

Next, check the "High" level (voltage) of the Gap sensor as follows:

  1. Pass the media (attached with liner) between the media sensors. Align it so that the media sensor does not sense the l-mark (black mark).
  2. Close the print head.
  3. Check the Sensor value.

If the value is 1.0 (V) higher than the “Low” level value you have recorded, then this is the “High” level value for the Gap sensor. If the difference between the “High” and the “Low” levels is less than 1.0, adjust the Emit and Receive values so that the difference is more than 1.0, or perform the adjustments again from step 1. The standard values for the “High” and “Low” levels for the Gap sensor are as follows:

  • Low (with only liner) ≤ 0.5 (V)
    • High (media attached with liner) - Low ≥ 1.0 (V)

  • If both "High" and "Low" levels comply with the standard value, press the right soft button to confirm the value.

GAP Levels Sensor: 0.1 ▲▼ Emit: 3 [0, 7] ◀▶ Receive: 57 [0, 127]

GAP Slice Level

Printing > Advanced > Calibrate > GAP Slice Level

Set the Gap sensor slice level.

The setting procedure is as follows:

  1. Use the following formula to calculate the slice level. [(High level - Low level) x 0.3 + Low level = slice level]
  2. Select the GAP Slice Level in the Calibrate menu and press the ← button.

  3. Press the ▲/▼ buttons to change the Slice level value. Set the Slice level to the level calculated in step 1.

  4. Press the right soft button to confirm the value.

Note

If you set the Slice Level to 0.0 (V), the printer sets the slice level automatically.

GAP Slice Level Sensor: 0.1 ▲▼ Slice level 0.0 V [0.0, 3.3]

I-Mark Levels

Printing > Advanced > Calibrate > I-Mark Levels

Manually set the I-mark sensor level.

The setting procedure is as follows:

First, adjust the "Low" level (voltage) of the I-mark sensor.

  1. Pass the media (attached with liner) between the media sensors. Align it so that the media sensor does not sense the l-mark (black mark).
  2. Close the print head. To get the correct adjustment result, adjust after you have closed the print head.
  3. Select the I-Mark Levels in the Calibrate menu and press the button.
  4. Press the ▲/▼ buttons to change the Emit value until the Sensor value is below 0.5 (V). Set the Emit value as low as possible.
  5. If the Sensor value does not decrease below 0.5 after you changed the Emit value, press the ◀/▶ buttons to change the Receive value.
  6. Take a note of the Sensor value from the above procedure. This is the "Low" level value for the l-mark sensor.
    Next, check the "High" level (voltage) of the I-mark sensor as follows:
  7. Pass the media between the media sensors so that the media sensor can sense the I-mark (black mark).
  8. Close the print head.
  9. Check the Sensor value.

If the value is 1.0 (V) higher than the “Low” level value you have recorded, then this is the “High” level value for the I-mark sensor. If the difference between the “High” and the “Low” levels is less than 1.0, adjust the Emit and Receive values so that the difference is more than 1.0, or perform the adjustments again from step 1. The standard values for the “High” and “Low” levels for the I-mark sensor are as follows:

  • Low (without I-mark) ≤ 0.5 (V)
    • High (with I-mark) - Low ≥ 1.0 (V)

  • If both "High" and "Low" levels comply with the standard value, press the right soft button to confirm the value.

I-Mark Levels Sensor: 3.1 ▲▼ Emit: 2 [0, 7] ◀▶ Receive: 43 [0, 127]

I-Mark Slice Level

Printing > Advanced > Calibrate > I-Mark Slice Level

Set the I-mark sensor slice level.

The setting procedure is as follows:

  1. Use the following formula to calculate the slice level. [(High level - Low level) x 0.7 + Low level = slice level]
  2. Select the I-Mark Slice Level in the Calibrate menu and press the

SATO CL608NX - I-Mark Slice Level - 1

  1. Press the ▲/▼ buttons to change the Slice level value. Set the Slice level to the slice level calculated in step 1.

  2. Press the right soft button to confirm the value.

Note

If you set the Slice Level to 0.0 (V), the printer sets the level automatically.

I-Mark Slice Level Sensor: 3.1 ▲ ▼ Slice level: 0.0 V [0.0, 3.3]

Head Check

Printing > Advanced > Head Check

Automatically check if there is a broken element of the print head.

The options are as follows:

  • Off: Head Check disabled.
  • All: Check the entire print area.
  • Barcode: Check only the area for printing a barcode. Head check is not applicable for barcodes printed as graphic data.

CAUTION

Head check is a reference for checking for a broken element of the print head. This function does not guarantee barcode readability.

Head Check Off All Barcode

Head Check Mode

Printing > Advanced > Head Check Mode

Set the method for head check.

Shows only if you have selected All or Barcode in the Head Check menu.

The options are as follows:

  • Always: Perform the head check for every item.
  • After Batch: The head check occurs before starting to print and when printing is stopped. If backfeed is applicable, the head check occurs before starting to print, when stopping to print and during the backfeed.
  • Every Page: Perform the head check for each specified number of media.

Head Check Mode Always ✓ After Batch Every Page

Every Page

Printing > Advanced > Every Page

Specify the number of media between each head check.

Shows only if you have selected Every Page in the Head Check Mode menu.

The setting range is from 1 to 999999.

Every Page 1-999999 1 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Check Media Size

Printing > Advanced > Check Media Size

Enable or disable media size check.

Media size check is a function to detect a Media error when you load a media with a length longer than the media size specified by command, or if you have specified print data larger than the loaded media length.

Shows only if you have selected Gap or I-Mark in the Sensor Type menu.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Enable media size check.

- Disabled: Disable media size check.

Check Media Size Enabled Disabled ✓

Adjustments

Printing > Advanced > Adjustments

Correct the offset position, print position and print darkness.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Offset Correct the offset position.

2 Pitch Offset the print position in the vertical direction.

3 Darkness Adjust Fine tune the print darkness.

Adjustments Offset 0 dot Pitch 0 dot Darkness Adjust 50

Offset

Printing > Advanced > Adjustments > Offset

Correct the offset position.

Offset position refers to the tear-off position, cut position and dispense stop position.

Set the offset value '+' to move the stop position opposite the feed direction and value '-' to move the stop position in the feed direction.

The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.

The setting range is as follows:

• 203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots
• 305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots
• 609 dpi: -90 to 0 to 90 dots

  • 203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots
    • 305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots

Offset -30-30 clot 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Pitch

Printing > Advanced > Adjustments > Pitch

Offset the print position in the vertical direction.

Set the offset value '+' to move the print position opposite the feed direction and value '-' to move the print position in the feed direction.

Feed direction +V ABC -V

The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.

The setting range is as follows:

• 203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots
• 305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots
• 609 dpi: -90 to 0 to 90 dots

• 203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots
• 305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots

Pitch -30-30 dot 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Darkness Adjust

Printing > Advanced > Adjustments > Darkness Adjust

Fine tune the print darkness.

The setting range is from 0 to 99.

0 is the lightest and 99 is the darkest.

Refer to Darkness in Printing > Darkness.

Darkness Adjust 0-99 5 0

Start Online

Printing > Advanced > Start Online

Select default mode at power on.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: The printer powers on in online mode.
  • Disabled: The printer powers on in offline mode.

Start Online Enabled Disabled

Feed After Error

Printing > Advanced > Feed After Error

Automatically feeds the media when recovering from an error and changing to online mode.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Feed the media when changing to online mode after recovering from an error.
  • Disabled: Do not feed the media when changing to online mode after recovering from an error.

Feed After Error Enabled Disabled

Feed At Power On

Printing > Advanced > Feed At Power On

Automatically feeds the media at power on.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Feed the media when the printer is powered on.
  • Disabled: Do not feed the media when the printer is powered on.

Feed At Power On Enabled Disabled

Finisher Feed

Printing > Advanced > Finisher Feed

Set the media feed amount for Tear-off, cut and dispense stop. Set the media feed amount based on the print head position of 0. The actual media feed amount is the value of Offset + Finisher Feed. The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer. The setting range is as follows:

• 203 dpi: 0 to 2040 dots
• 305 dpi: 0 to 3060 dots
• 609 dpi: 0 to 6120 dots

• 203 dpi: 0 to 2040 dots
• 305 dpi: 0 to 3060 dots

Finisher Feed Use 0 for standard, 0-2040 dot 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Paper End

Printing > Advanced > Paper End

Select the sensor for sensing the paper end. The options are as follows:

  • Using I-mark: Use the I-mark sensor (reflective type) to sense the paper end.
  • Using Gap: Use the Gap sensor (transmissive type) to sense the paper end.

Paper End Using I-mark Using Gap

Head Base Position

Printing > Advanced > Head Base Position

Set the position used for the base reference point for printing. The options are as follows:

  • Standard: Print with a standard base reference point.
  • Left-justify: Move the base reference point 2 mm (0.08") to the left (when you face the printer).

  • Standard: Print with a standard base reference point.
  • Left-justify: Move the base reference point 2 mm (0.08") to the left (when you face the printer). Expand the width of the printable area. Refer to Printable Area in Section 7.6.1 Hardware for details.

Head Base Position Standard Left-justify

Note

The message prompting to restart the printer will appear on the online/offline screen if you have made any changes. In such a case, reboot the printer to make the setting effective.

Prioritize

Printing > Advanced > Prioritize

For printer configuration, set whether to prioritize the setting through the printer or prioritize the setting through the command.

The options are as follows:

  • Commands: Prioritize the setting through the command.
  • Settings: Prioritize the setting through the printer.

Prioritize Commands Settings

Reprint

Printing > Advanced > Reprint

Enable or disable the reprint function.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Enable the reprint function.

- Disabled: Disable the reprint function.

If you have selected Enabled in Reprint, you can press the right soft button (Reprint) on the online screen to print the previous data again.

Note

The previous data will be lost if you power off the printer.

Reprint Enabled Disabled ✓ ✓

Printing > Advanced > Print End Position

Adjust the media stop position or cut position when the sensor type is set to None. This adjustment also sets the blank amount from the media stop position.

The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.

The setting range is as follows:

• 203 dpi: 0 to 20000 dots
• 305 dpi: 0 to 18000 dots
• 609 dpi: 0 to 9600 dots

• 203 dpi: 0 to 20000 dots
• 305 dpi: 0 to 18000 dots

Print End Position 0-20000 dot 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Label Near End

Printing > Advanced > Label Near End

Show or do not show the warning icon when the media is about to run out.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Show the warning icon.
  • Disabled: Do not show the warning icon.

Note

This printer does not support the Label Near End function. Keep the setting disabled.

Label Near End Enabled Disabled

4.4.3 Interface Menu

In the Interface menu, the setting items are as follows:

Interface
1 Network Set the LAN connection and wireless LAN connection.SATO CL608NX - Interface Menu - 1
2 IEEE1284 Set the IEEE 1284 connection.*Shows only if the combo interface board is installed.
3 RS-232C Set the RS-232C connection.*Shows only if the combo interface board is installed.
4 USB Set the USB connection.
5 Bluetooth Set the Bluetooth connection.
6 Ignore CR/LF Set to ignore CR/LF codes.
7 Ignore CAN/DLE Set to ignore CAN/DLE codes.
8 External I/O Set the external signal (EXT).*Shows only if the combo interface board is installed.
9 R F I D (CL4NX only)Set the RFID.*Shows only for RFID models.
Network
Interface > NetworkTo use LAN and wireless LAN for the interface between the host and the printer.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Interface Menu - 2
1 Settings Set the LAN, wireless LAN or select the interface.
2 Services Set the TCP/IP port number, NTP, LPD, FTP or SNMP.
3 Advanced Set the advanced function for the interface.
Settings
Interface > Network > SettingsSet the LAN, wireless LAN or select the interface.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Interface Menu - 3
1 LAN Set the LAN.
2 Wi-Fi Set the wireless LAN.*Shows only if you have installed the optional wireless LAN.
3 Interface Select the network interface.*This item is to select the network interface from LAN or wireless LAN when you have installed the optional wireless LAN.
CAUTIONYou cannot use LAN and wireless LAN at the same time. The wireless LAN function is available only if you have installed the wireless LAN.
LAN
Interface > Network > Settings> LANSet the IPv4, IPv6 or proxy for the LAN.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Interface Menu - 4
1 IPv4 Set the IPv4 for the LAN.
2 IPv6 Set the IPv6 for the LAN.
3 Proxy Set the proxy for the LAN.
IPv4
Interface > Network > Settings> LAN > IPv4Set IPv4 for the LAN. The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Interface Menu - 5
1 Mode Select the IP address assignment method.
2 DHCP / Renew LeaseUpdate the lease time and get the IP address from the DHCP server again.*Shows only if you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu and LAN is the active interface.*Does not show if WLAN is the active interface.
3 IP Address Set and check the IP address.If you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu, the screen shows the IP address you received from the DHCP server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the IP address.
4 Netmask Set and check the subnet mask address.If you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu, the screen shows the subnet mask address you received from the DHCP server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the subnet mask address.
5 Gateway Set and check the default gateway address.If you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu, the screen shows the gateway address you received from the DHCP server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the default gateway address.
6 DNS Set and check DNS server addresses.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set and check DNS server addresses.
CAUTIONAfter setting, press the right soft button to enable the new setting. Press the left soft button to cancel the new setting and return to the previous setting.NoteYou cannot change IP Address, Netmask, Gateway and DNS if Mode is DHCP.

Mode

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv4 > Mode

Select the IP address assignment method.

The options are as follows:

  • DHCP: Automatically retrieve the IP address, gateway and subnet mask from the DHCP server.
  • Static: Manually set the IP address, gateway and subnet mask.

Mode DHCP Static

IP Address

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv4 > IP Address

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the IP address.

The setting range is as follows:

000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255

IP Address 0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 1

Netmask

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv4 > Netmask

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the subnet mask address.

Each group of the address can be set cyclically among 0, 128, 192, 224, 240, 248, 252, 254 and 255.

The setting range is as follows:

128.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.254

Netmask 255 255 255 0

Gateway

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv4 > Gateway

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the default gateway address.

The setting range is as follows:

000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255

Gateway 0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0

DNS

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv4 > DNS

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set and check DNS server addresses.

The setting range is as follows: 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255

Note

You can register up to three IP addresses for the DNS server. Use a comma to delimit different IP addresses.

DNS 0.0.0.0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 , 0 - ✓

IPv6
Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv6Set IPv6 for the LAN. The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Note - 2
1 Mode Select the IP address assignment method.
2 DHCP / Renew LeaseUpdate the lease time and get the IP address from the DHCP server again.*Shows only if you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu.*Does not show if WLAN is the active interface.
3 IP Address Set and check the IP address.If you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu, the screen shows the IP address you received from the DHCP server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the IP address.
4 Prefix Length Set and check the prefix.
5 Gateway Set and check the default gateway address.If you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu, the screen shows the gateway address you received from the DHCP server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the default gateway address.
6 DNS Set and check the address of the primary DNS server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the primary address of the DNS server.
CAUTIONAfter setting, press the right soft button to enable the new setting. Press the left soft button to cancel the new setting and return to the previous setting.
NoteYou cannot change IP Address, Prefix Length, Gateway and DNS if Mode is DHCP or Auto.

Mode

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv6 > Mode

Select the IP address assignment method.

The options are as follows:

  • Auto: Automatically generate the IP address and gateway (stateless mode).
  • DHCP: Automatically retrieve the IP address and gateway from the DHCP server automatically (stateful mode).
  • Static: Manually set the IP address, gateway and subnet mask.

Mode Auto ✓ DHCP Static ✓

IP Address

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv6 > IP Address

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the IP address.

The setting range is as follows:

0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 to ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff

IP Address A B 1 2 3 < > C D 4 5 6 × E F 7 8 9 0 : ✓

Prefix Length

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv6 > Prefix Length

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the prefix.

The setting range is from 1 to 128.

Prefix Length 1-128 64 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Gateway

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv6 > Gateway

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the default gateway address.

The setting range is as follows:

0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 to ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff

Gateway A B 1 2 3 < > C D 4 5 6 ← E F 7 8 9 0 : √

DNS

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > IPv6 > DNS

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the primary address of the DNS server.

The setting range is as follows: 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 to ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff

Note

You can register only one IP address for the DNS server for IPv6.

DNS A B 1 2 3 < > C D 4 5 6 X E F 7 8 9 0 : ✓

Proxy

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > Proxy

Set the proxy for the LAN. The setting items are as follows:

1 Enabled Enable or disable use of proxy.

2 Server Set the proxy server address.

3 Exclude Exclude the proxy from usage.

Proxy (LAN) Enabled Server Exclude

Enabled

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > Proxy > Enabled

Enable or disable use of proxy.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable proxy server usage.
  • Disabled: Disable proxy server usage.

Note

To enable the proxy, Server should be set and Exclude must contain at least 127.0.0.1 and localhost.

Enabled Enabled Disabled

Server

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > Proxy > Server

Set the name or IP address of the proxy server.

Note

Server should be set with a valid name or IP address and port number.

Server http:// 8080 a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . - Shift X @ ! ? ✓

Exclude

Interface > Network > Settings > LAN > Proxy > Exclude

Set names, IP addresses or domains for the proxy to exclude.

Note

Exclude must contain at least 127.0.0.1 and localhost.

Exclude 127.0.0.1, localhost a b c d e f g h i j < > k i m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . , _ - Shift × @ ! ? ✓

Wi-Fi

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi

Set the wireless LAN.

Shows only if you have installed the optional wireless LAN.

The setting items are as follows:

1 IPv4 Configure IPv4 for Wi-Fi.

2 IPv6 Configure IPv6 for Wi-Fi.

3 Proxy Configure the proxy for Wi-Fi.

4 Wi-Fi Protected Setup Set the wireless LAN connection with the WPS function.

5 Wi-Fi Direct Set the Wi-Fi Direct function.

*Enabled only if you have selected Infrastructure in the Mode menu.

6 SSID Set the SSID.

7 Hidden SSID Set the Hidden SSID.

8 Mode Set the communication mode.

9 Channel Set the communication channel.

10 Security Set the security (encryption method).

11 WEP Conf. Set the WEP key.

*Shows only if you have selected WEP in the Security menu.

12 WPA Conf.

Set the WPA authentication.

*Shows only if you have selected WPA+WPA2 or WPA2 in the Security menu.

13 EAP Conf. Set the EAP authentication.

*Shows only if you have selected Dynamic WEP in the Security menu.

Note

When Wi-Fi Direct is active, only IPv6 is not shown on the screen.

Wi-Fi IPv4 > IPv6 > Proxy > Wi-Fi Protected Setup > Wi-Fi Direct > ✓ SSID sato_guest

IPv4
Interface > Network > Settings> Wi-Fi > IPv4Configure IPv4 for Wi-Fi. The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Note - 2
1 Mode Select the IP address assignment method.
2 DHCP / Renew LeaseUpdate the lease time and get the IP address from the DHCP server again.*Shows only if you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu.*Does not show if LAN is the active interface.
3 IP Address Set and check the IP address.If you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu, the screen shows the IP address you received from the DHCP server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the IP address.
4 Netmask Set and check the subnet mask address.If you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu, the screen shows the subnet mask address you received from the DHCP server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the subnet mask address.
5 Gateway Set and check the default gateway address.If you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu, the screen shows the gateway address you received from the DHCP server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the default gateway address.
6 DNS Set and check DNS server addresses.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set and check DNS server addresses.
CAUTIONAfter setting, press the right soft button to enable the new setting. Press the left soft button to cancel the new setting and return to the previous setting.NoteWhen Wi-Fi Direct is active, Mode, DHCP and DNS are not shown. In addition, you cannot change IP Address, Netmask and Gateway if Mode is DHCP or Wi-Fi Direct is active. DNS cannot be changed if Mode is DHCP.

Mode

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv4 > Mode

Select the IP address assignment method.

The options are as follows:

  • DHCP: Automatically retrieve the IP address, gateway and subnet mask from the DHCP server.
  • Static: Manually set the IP address, gateway and subnet mask.

Mode DHCP Static

IP Address

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv4 > IP Address

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the IP address.

The setting range is as follows:

000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255

IP Address 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 0 0

Netmask

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv4 > Netmask

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the subnet mask address.

Each group of the address can be set cyclically among 0, 128, 192, 224, 240, 248, 252, 254 and 255.

The setting range is as follows:

128.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.254

Netmask 255, 255, 255, 0

Gateway

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv4 > Gateway

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the default gateway address.

The setting range is as follows:

000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255

Gateway 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 0 0 0 . 0 0

DNS

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv4 > DNS

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set and check DNS server addresses.

The setting range is as follows: 000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255

Note

You can register up to three IP addresses for the DNS server. Use a comma to delimit different IP addresses.

DNS 000.100.200.3 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 , 0 - ✓

IPv6
Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv6Configure IPv6 for Wi-Fi. The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Note - 2
1 Mode Select the IP address assignment method.
2 DHCP / Renew LeaseUpdate the lease time and get the IP address from the DHCP server again.*Shows only if you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu.*Does not show if LAN is the active interface.
3 IPAddress Set and check the IP address.If you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu, the screen shows the IP address you received from the DHCP server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the IP address.
4 Prefix Length Set and check the prefix.
5 Gateway Set and checkthe default gateway address.If you have selected DHCP in the Mode menu, the screen shows the gateway address you received from the DHCP server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the default gateway address.
6 DNS Set and check theaddress of the primary DNS server.If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, select to set the primary address of the DNS server.
CAUTIONAfter setting, press the right soft button to enable the new setting. Press the left soft button to cancel the new setting and return to the previous setting.
NoteWhen Wi-Fi Direct is active, this IPv6 screen is not shown. In addition, you cannot change IP Address, Prefix Length, Gateway and DNS if Mode is DHCP or Auto.

Mode

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv6 > Mode

Select the IP address assignment method.

The options are as follows:

  • Auto: Automatically generate the IP address and gateway (stateless mode).
  • DHCP: Automatically retrieve the IP address and gateway from the DHCP server automatically (stateful mode).
  • Static: Manually set the IP address, gateway and subnet mask.

Mode Auto ✓ DHCP Static ✓

IP Address

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv6 > IP Address

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the IP address.

The setting range is as follows:

0:0:0:0:0:0:0:1 to ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff

IP Address A B 1 2 3 < > C D 4 5 6 X E F 7 8 9 0 : ✓

Prefix Length

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv6 > Prefix Length

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the prefix.

The setting range is from 1 to 128.

Prefix Length 1-128 64 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Gateway

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv6 > Gateway

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the default gateway address.

The setting range is as follows:

0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 to ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff

Gateway A B 1 2 3 < > C D 4 5 6 × E F 7 8 9 0 : √

DNS

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > IPv6 > DNS

If you have selected Static in the Mode menu, set the primary address of the DNS server.

The setting range is as follows: 0:0:0:0:0:0:0:0 to ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff

Note

You can register only one IP address for the DNS server for IPv6.

DNS A B 1 2 3 < > C D 4 5 6 ✕ E F 7 8 9 0 : ✓

Proxy

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Proxy

Configure the proxy for Wi-Fi. The setting items are as follows:

1 Enabled Enable or disable use of proxy.

2 Server Set the proxy server address.

3 Exclude Exclude the proxy server usage.

Proxy (Wi-Fi) Enabled Server Exclude

Enabled

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Proxy > Enabled

Enable or disable use of proxy.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable proxy server usage.
  • Disabled: Disable proxy server usage.

Note

To enable the proxy, Server should be set and Exclude must contain at least 127.0.0.1 and localhost.

Enabled Enabled ✓ Disabled ✓

Server

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Proxy > Server

Set the name or IP address of the proxy server.

Note

Server should be set with a valid name or IP address and port number.

Server http://www.103.com/8080 a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . . _ - Shift x @ ! ? ✓

Exclude

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Proxy > Exclude

Set names, IP addresses or domains for the proxy to exclude.

Note

Exclude must contain at least 127.0.0.1 and localhost.

Exclude 127.0.0.1, localhost a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z - , _ - Shift × @ ! ? ✓

Wi-Fi Protected Setup

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi Protected Setup

Set the wireless LAN connection using the push button or PIN code method.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Button (PBC) Set the wireless LAN connection using the push button method.

2 PIN Set the wireless LAN connection using the PIN code method.

Note

  • Refer to the manual of the access point device for its operation.
  • This screen does not show if LAN or Wi-Fi Direct is active.

Wi-Fi Protected Setup Button (PBC) PIN

Button (PBC)

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi Protected Setup> Button (PBC)

Set the wireless LAN connection using the push button method.

  1. Select Button (PBC) in the Wi-Fi Protected Setup menu and press the ← button.

  2. When Scanning... shows on the screen, press the WPS button on the access point of the wireless LAN device.

  3. When the connection to the access point is established, Successfully configured. shows on the screen.

Button (PBC) Push the WPS button on the AP. Scanning...

Button (PBC) Push the WPS button on the AP. Successfully configured.

PIN

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi Protected Setup > PIN

Set the wireless LAN connection using the PIN code method.

  1. Select PIN in the Wi-Fi Protected Setup menu and press the ← button.
  2. When Scanning... shows on the screen, set the PIN code shown on the screen to the access point of the wireless LAN or computer.
  3. When the connection to the access point is established, Successfully configured. shows on the screen.

PIN Enter below PIN on the AP. 40484983 Scanning...

PIN Enter below PIN on the AP. Successfully configured.

Wi-Fi Direct

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Wi-Fi Direct

Set the Wi-Fi Direct function.

*The Wi-Fi Direct function is enabled only if you have selected Infrastructure in the Mode menu.

The setting procedure is as follows:

  1. Set the device name for the printer using Device Name. You can enter 1 to 32 characters including alphabets (capital and small letters), numbers and symbols. Press the ➕ button to return to Wi-Fi menu and press the right soft button to enable changes.
  2. Select Connect to search and show the connectable device names or to accept connection requests when printer is GO (Group Owner).

Select the device name you want to connect using the ▲/▼ buttons, then press the right soft button.

  1. Select Start Group if you want to start a new persistent group or select a group from the list.
  2. Select Remove Group to remove the persistent group in step 3.
  3. Complete the connection according to the display on the printer or device you want to connect.
  4. Select Disconnect if you want to stop the connection.

Note

You can connect a maximum of ten devices.

When Wi-Fi Direct is active, Device Name cannot be changed.

Start Group and Remove Group show only if Wi-Fi is active and the printer is not connected to a Wi-Fi Direct network.

Disconnect shows if Wi-Fi is active and the printer is connected.

After setting up a start group, the printer will be set to GO (Group Owner) and will wait for a connection request from another device.

If the printer is powered off during a persistent group connection, the group will be started automatically after the printer is powered on.

Connect without group
Wi-Fi Direct Device Name SATO_PRINTER Connect Disconnect SSID DIRECT-BF-SATO_PRINTER Passphrase hwW3Ss3m

Connect with group

Wi-Fi Direct Device Name Larses CL4NX Connect Start Group Remove Group

Start Group DIRECT-Ku-Larsas CL4NX

Remove Group DIRECT-Ku-Larsas CL4NX

SSID

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > SSID

Set the SSID.

The screen shows the Wi-Fi network detected by the printer.

Select the name of the Wi-Fi network you want to connect using the

SATO CL608NX - SSID - 1

buttons and press the right soft button to confirm.

To register a Wi-Fi network manually, press the left soft button and enter the name of the network.

You can enter a maximum of thirty-two characters including alphabet (upper case and lower case), numbers and symbols.

SSID 101 barcode_regency MilkemQuest sato_guest sato_office SIPTEST4

Note

SSID is editable if LAN or Wi-Fi Direct is active.

SSID Test a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . , - Shift × @ ! ? < X ✓

Hidden SSID

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Hidden SSID

Set the Hidden SSID (stealth function).

Shows if you have selected Infrastructure in the Mode menu.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled
  • Disabled

Hidden SSID Enabled ✓ Disabled ✓

Mode

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Mode

Set the communication method of the wireless LAN.

The options are as follows:

  • Infrastructure
  • Ad-hoc

Mode Infrastructure Ad-hoc

Channel

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Channel

Set the communication channel.

Channel can be set only if you have selected Ad-hoc in the Mode menu. The number of channels you can set varies depending on the region of the printer.

Channel 1-11 6 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 ✕ 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Security

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > Security

Set the security method of the network. Set the security methods so that the printer, host and network devices match.

The options are as follows:

  • None
    • WEP
    • WPA+WPA2
    • W P A 2
    • Dynamic WEP

If you have selected Ad-hoc in the Mode menu, only None and WEP will be available in the Security menu.

Security None ✓ WEP WPA+WPA2 WPA2 Dynamic WEP

WEP Conf.

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WEP Conf.

Set the WEP key.

Shows only if you have selected WEP in the Security menu.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Authentication Set the WEP authentication method.

2 Key Index Set the key index.

3 Key #1 - Key #4 Set the WEP key1 - key4.

WEP Conf. Authentication Open System Key Index 1 Key #1 .... Key #2 .... Key #3 .... Key #4 ....

Authentication

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WEP Conf. > Authentication

Set the WEP authentication method.

The options are as follows:

  • Open System
  • Shared Key

Authentication Open System ✓ Shared Key ✓

Key Index

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WEP Conf. > Key Index

Set the key index.

Set the key index (WEP key) according to the access point of the wireless LAN you connect.

The setting range is from 1 to 4.

CAUTION

Depending on the product, the range of the key index may be 0 to 3. In such a case, if you have set the printer to 1, then set the product to 0.

Key Index 1-4 1 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 - ✓

Key #1 - Key #4

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WEP Conf. > Key #1 - Key #4

Set the WEP key #1 - key #4.

You can enter alphabet (upper case and lower case) and numbers.

Depending on the length of the WEP key, the number of characters you can set is as follows:

  • When the key length is 64 bit
    ASCII: Five characters
    Hexadecimal: Ten characters
  • When the key length is 128 bit
    ASCII: Thirteen characters
    Hexadecimal: Twenty-six characters

Key #1 **** a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . - _ - Shift X @ ! ? ✓

WPA Conf.

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf.

Set the WPA authentication.

Shows only if you have selected WPA+WPA2 or WPA2 in the Security menu.

The setting items are as follows:

1W P A AuthenticationSet the WPA authentication method.
2 PSK Set the PSK shared key.

*Shows only if you have selected Personal (PSK) in the WPA Authentication menu.

3 EAP Conf. Set the functions for EAP.

*Shows only if you have selected items other than Personal (PSK) in the WPA Authentication menu.

WPA Conf. WPA Authentication Personal (PSK) PSK ....

WPA Authentication

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > WPA Authentication

Set the WPA authentication method.

The options are as follows:

  • Personal (PSK)
  • Enterprise (802.1x)
    • CCKM

WPA Authentication Personal (PSK) Enterprise (802.1x) CCKM

PSK

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > PSK

Set the PSK shared key.

Shows only if you have selected Personal (PSK) in the WPA

Authentication menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 8-63 ASCII or 64 hexadecimal digits.

PSK a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . - _ - Shift X @ ! ? ✓

EAP Conf.
Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > EAP Conf.
Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > EAP Conf.
Set the functions for EAP. Shows only if you have selected an item other than Personal (PSK) in the WPA Authentication menu or if you have selected Dynamic WEP in the Security menu. The setting items are as follows:
1 EAP Mode Set the EAPMode (authentication mode).
2 Inner Method Set the inner method.
3 Username Set the user name.
4 Password Set the password.
5 Anon. Outer ID Set the external ID. *Shows only if you have selected FAST, PEAP or TTLS in the EAP Mode menu.
6Verify Server Cert. Enable or disable server authentication. *Shows only if you have selected anything other than LEAP in the EAP Mode menu.
7 Private Key P/W Set the Private Key password. *Shows only if you have selected TLS in either the EAP Mode menu or Inner Method menu.
8 PAC Auto ProvisioningEnable or disable PAC Auto Provisioning. *Shows only if you have selected FAST in the EAP Mode menu.
9 PAC P/W Set the PAC password. *Shows only if you have selected FAST in the EAP Mode menu and if you have selected Disabled in PAC Auto Provisioning.

EAP Mode

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > EAP Conf. > EAP Mode

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > EAP Conf. > EAP Mode

Set the EAP Mode (authentication mode).

The options are as follows:

• F AST
- LEAP
- PEAP
• TLS
• TTLS

EAP Mode FAST ✓ LEAP PEAP TLS TTLS ✓

Inner Method

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > EAP Conf. > Inner Method

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > EAP Conf. > Inner Method

Set the inner method.

Shows only if you have selected FAST, PEAP or TTLS in the EAP Mode menu.

  • If you have selected FAST in the EAP Mode menu, the options are MSCHAPv2, GTC and TLS.
  • If you have selected PEAP in the EAP Mode menu, the options are MSCHAPv2, GTC, MD5, OTP and TLS.
  • If you have selected TTLS in the EAP Mode menu, the options are MSCHAPv2, MSCHAP, CHAP, PAP, EAP-GTC, EAP-MD5, EAP-MSCHAPv2, EAP-OTP and EAP-TLS.

Inner Method MSCHAPV2 MSCHAP CHAP PAP EAP-GTC EAP-MD5

Username

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > EAP Conf. > Username

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > EAP Conf. > Username

Set the user name.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 63 characters.

Username a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 123 u v w x y z . - _ - Shift × @ ! ? × ✓

Password

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > EAP Conf. > Password

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > EAP Conf. > Password

Set the password.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 32 characters.

Password a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . , _ - Shift x @ ! ? x

Anon. Outer ID

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > EAP Conf. > Anon. Outer ID

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > EAP Conf. > Anon. Outer ID

Set the external ID.

Shows only if you have selected FAST, PEAP or TTLS in the EAP Mode menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 63 characters.

Anon. Outer ID a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . . _ - Shift × @!? ✓ ← ✓

Verify Server Cert.

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > EAP Conf. > Verify Server Cert.

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > EAP Conf. > Verify Server Cert.

Enable or disable server certificate validation.

Shows only if you have selected anything other than LEAP in the EAP Mode menu.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Enable server certificate validation.

- Disabled: Disable server certificate validation.

Verify Server Cert. Enabled Disabled

Private Key P/W

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > EAP Conf. > Private Key P/W

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > EAP Conf. > Private Key P/W

Set the Private Key password.

Shows only if you have selected TLS in either the EAP Mode menu or Inner Method menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 64 characters.

Private Key P/W a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . - _ Shift x @ ! ? ✓

PAC Auto Provisioning

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > EAP Conf. > PAC Auto Provisioning

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > EAP Conf. > PAC Auto Provisioning

Enable or disable PAC Auto Provisioning.

Shows only if you have selected FAST in the EAP Mode menu.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable PAC Auto Provisioning.
  • Disabled: Disable PAC Auto Provisioning.

PAC Auto Provisioning Enabled Disabled

PAC P/W

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > EAP Conf. > PAC P/W

Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi > WPA Conf. > EAP Conf. > PAC P/W

Set the PAC password.

Shows only if you have selected FAST in the EAP Mode menu and if you have selected Disabled in the PAC Auto Provisioning.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 64 characters.

PAC P/W a b c d e f g h i j < > k ! m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . , - Shift X @!? ✓ X ✓

Interface

Interface > Network > Settings > Interface

Select the network interface.

This item is to select the network interface from LAN or wireless LAN when you have installed the optional wireless LAN.

The options are as follows:

  • Auto: Automatically select between LAN and wireless LAN interface at printer startup. LAN is selected if LAN cable is connected to a link established hub (Link LED is flashing) at printer startup. Wireless LAN is selected if LAN is not detected at printer startup.
    • LAN: Use LAN interface (or Force LAN interface).
  • Wi-Fi: Use wireless LAN interface (or Force wireless LAN interface).

Interface Auto LAN Wi-Fi

Note

The message prompting to restart the printer will appear on the online/offline screen if you have made any changes. In such a case, reboot the printer to make the setting effective.

Services
Interface > Network > ServicesSet the TCP/IP port number, NTP, LPD, FTP or SNMP.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Note - 1
1 Ports Set the port number.
2 NTP Set the functions for NTP.
3 LPD Set the functions for LPD.
4 FTP Set the functions for FTP.
5 SNMP Set the functions for SNMP.
Ports
Interface > Network > Services > PortsThe setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Note - 2
1 Port1 Set the port number.
2 Port2 Set the port number.
3 Port3 Set the port number.
4 Flow Control Set the communication protocol.
5 BCC Set the BCC check function.*Shows only if you have selected Status5 in the Flow Control menu.
Port1
Interface > Network > Services > Ports > Port1Set the port number.The setting range is from 1 to 65535.Each port (1, 2 and 3) must be set to different values.SATO CL608NX - Note - 3

Port2

Interface > Network > Services > Ports > Port2

Set the port number.

The setting range is from 1 to 65535.

Each port (1, 2 and 3) must be set to different values.

Port2 1-65535 1025 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 - ✓

Port3

Interface > Network > Services > Ports > Port3

Set the port number.

The setting range is from 1 to 65535.

Each port (1, 2 and 3) must be set to different values.

Port3 1-65535 9100 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 - ✓

Flow Control

Interface > Network > Services > Ports > Flow Control

Set the communication protocol.

The options are as follows:

- Status 4

• Status 4 ENQ

- Status 3

- Status 5

- None

Flow Control Status4 Status4 ENQ ✓ Status3 Status5 None ✓

BCC

Interface > Network > Services > Ports > BCC

Enable or disable the BCC check function.

Shows only if you have selected Status5 in the Flow Control menu.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Enable the BCC check function.

- Disabled: Disable the BCC check function.

BCC Enabled Disabled ✓ ✓

NTP

Interface > Network > Services > NTP

Set the functions for NTP.

The NTP function gets the time information from the NTP server through the network and sets the time of the printer.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Enable Enable or disable the functions for NTP.

2 Error Set to show the NTP error message if detected.

3 Time Server IP Set the IP address of the NTP server.

NTP Enable Error Time Server IP 0.0.0.0

Enable

Interface > Network > Services > NTP > Enable

Enable or disable the functions for NTP.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Enable the NTP function.

- Disabled: Disable the NTP function.

Enable Enabled Disabled

Error

Interface > Network > Services > NTP > Error

Set to show the NTP error message if detected.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Shows the error message.

- Disabled: Do not show the error message.

Error Enabled Disabled

Time Server IP

Interface > Network > Services > NTP > Time Server IP

Set the IP address of the NTP server.

The setting range is from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255.

The IP address should normally be set to 0.0.0.0 (the default) which means that global NTP servers will be assigned automatically. Set to a valid IP if the time synchronization is requested for a specific server.

Time Server IP 12:52

LPD

Interface > Network > Services > LPD

Enable or disable the functions for LPD.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the LPD function.
    • Disabled: Disable the LPD function.

LPD Enabled ✓ Disabled ✓

FTP

Interface > Network > Services > FTP

Set the functions for FTP.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Enable Enable or disable the functions for FTP.
2 FTP Timeout Set the connection timeout period between the

FTP Enable FTP Timeout 300 sec

Enable

Interface > Network > Services > FTP > Enable

Enable or disable the functions for FTP.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the FTP function.
  • Disabled: Disable the FTP function.

Enable Enabled Disabled ✓

FTP Timeout

Interface > Network > Services > FTP > FTP Timeout

Set the connection timeout period between the printer's FTP server and clients.

Specify the maximum number of seconds that the printer's FTP server will allow clients to stay connected without receiving any data on either the control or data connection.

The setting range is from 10 to 3600 seconds.

FTP Timeout 10-3600 sec 300 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

SNMP

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP

Set the functions for SNMP.

The SNMP function enables you to monitor and manage a UDP/IP based network.

The setting items are as follows:

1 sysContact Set the contact information.

2 sysName Set the name information.

3 sysLocation Set the location information.

4 Agent Set the Agent function.

5 Traps Set the Traps function.

SNMP sysContact sysName sysLocation Agent > Traps >

sysContact

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > sysContact

Set the contact information.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 255 characters.

sysContact a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . . - Shift X @ ! ? ✓

sysName

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > sysName

Set the name information.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 255 characters.

sysName a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z - , _ - Shift X @!? ✓

sysLocation

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > sysLocation

Set the location information.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 255 characters.

sysLocation a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . , _ - Shift x @ ! ? ✓

Agent

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent

Set the Agent function.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Enable Use the Agent function.

2 Read-Only Set the Read-Only function.

3 Read-Write Set the Read-Write function.

Agent Enable Read-Only > Read-Write >

Enable

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Enable

Enable or disable the functions for Agent.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Enable the functions for Agent.

- Disabled: Disable the functions for Agent.

Enable Enabled Disabled ✓

Read-Only
Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-OnlySet the Read-Only function.The setting items are as follows:
1 SNMP Version Set the SNMP version.
2 Community Set the Read-Only community name.*Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 1|2cin the SNMP Version menu.
3 User Set the Read-Only user name.*Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 3 inthe SNMP Version menu.
4 User Security Set the Read-Only security level.*Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 3 inthe SNMP Version menu.
5 AuthenticationProtocolSet the authentication protocol.*Shows only if you have selectedAuthentication or Privacy in the UserSecurity menu.
6 AuthenticationPassphraseSet the authentication passphrase.*Shows only if you have selectedAuthentication or Privacy in the UserSecurity menu.
7 Privacy Protocol Set the privacy protocol.*Shows only if you have selected Privacy inthe User Security menu.
8 PrivacyPassphraseSet the privacy passphrase.*Shows only if you have selected Privacy inthe User Security menu.
SNMP Version
Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Only > SNMP VersionSet the SNMP version.The options are as follows:1|2c|31|2c3DisabledSATO CL608NX - Enable - 2

Community

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Only > Community

Set the Read-Only community name.

Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 1|2c in the SNMP Version menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 1 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: public

Community a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . . _ - Shift × @ ! ? < X ✓

User

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Only > User

Set the Read-Only user name.

Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 3 in the SNMP Version menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 1 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: rouser

User a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . . _ - Shift x @ ! ? ✓

User Security

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Only > User Security

Set the Read-Only security level.

Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 3 in the SNMP Version menu.

The options are as follows:

- None

- Authentication

- Privacy

User Security None Authentication Privacy

Authentication Protocol

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Only > Authentication Protocol

Set the authentication protocol.

Shows only if you have selected Authentication or Privacy in the User Security menu.

The options are as follows:

- MD5

• SHA

Authentication Protocol MD6 SHA

Authentication Passphrase

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Only > Authentication Passphrase

Set the authentication passphrase.

Shows only if you have selected Authentication or Privacy in the User Security menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 8 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: mypassword

Authentication Passphrase a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . , _ - Shift X @ ! ? < X ✓

Privacy Protocol

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Only > Privacy Protocol

Set the privacy protocol.

Shows only if you have selected Privacy in the User Security menu.

The options are as follows:

• DES

• AES

Privacy Protocol DES AES

Privacy Passphrase

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Only > Privacy Passphrase

Set the privacy passphrase.

Shows only if you have selected Privacy in the User Security menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 8 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: mypassword

Privacy Passphrase a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 123 u v w x y z . , _ - Shift X + ! ? ✓

Read-Write
Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-WriteSet the Read-Write function.The setting items are as follows:
1 SNMP Version Set the SNMP version.
2 Community Set the Read-write community name.*Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 1|2cin the SNMP Version menu.
3 User Set the Read-Write user name.*Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 3 inthe SNMP Version menu.
4 User Security Set the Read-write security level.*Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 3 inthe SNMP Version menu.
5 AuthenticationProtocolSet the authentication protocol.*Shows only if you have selectedAuthentication or Privacy in the UserSecurity menu.
6 AuthenticationPassphraseSet the authentication passphrase.*Shows only if you have selectedAuthentication or Privacy in the UserSecurity menu.
7 Privacy Protocol Set the privacy protocol.*Shows only if you have selected Privacy inthe User Security menu.
8 PrivacyPassphraseSet the privacy passphrase.*Shows only if you have selected Privacy inthe User Security menu.
SNMP Version
Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Write > SNMP VersionSet the SNMP version.The options are as follows:1|2c|31|2c3DisabledSATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 2

Community

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Write > Community

Set the Read-Write community name.

Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 1|2c in the SNMP Version menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: private

Community a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . , - Shift × @ ! ?

User

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Write > User

Set the Read-Write user name.

Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 3 in the SNMP Version menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: rwuser

User a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . . . _ - Shift X @ ! ?

User Security

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Write > User Security

Set the Read-Write security level.

Shows only if you have selected 1|2c|3 or 3 in the SNMP Version menu.

The options are as follows:

- None

- Authentication

- Privacy

User Security None Authentication Privacy

Authentication Protocol

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Write > Authentication Protocol

Set the authentication protocol.

Shows only if you have selected Authentication or Privacy in the User Security menu.

The options are as follows:

• MD5

• SHA

Authentication Protocol MD5 SHA

Authentication Passphrase

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Write > Authentication Passphrase

Set the authentication passphrase.

Shows only if you have selected Authentication or Privacy in the User Security menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: mypassword

Authentication Passphrase a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z : , _ - Shift × @ ! ? < x ✓

Privacy Protocol

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Write > Privacy Protocol

Set the privacy protocol.

Shows only if you have selected Privacy in the User Security menu.

The options are as follows:

• DES

• AES

Privacy Protocol DES AES

Privacy Passphrase

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Agent > Read-Write > Privacy Passphrase

Set the privacy passphrase.

Shows only if you have selected Privacy in the User Security menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 8 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: mypassword

Privacy Passphrase a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . . - Shift X @ ! ? X ✓

Traps
Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > TrapsSet the Traps function.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 2SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 3SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 4
1 Enable Use the Traps function.
2 SNMP Version Set the SNMP version.
3 IP Version Set the IP version.
4 Destinations Set the number of trap destinations.
5 Destination 1 Set address 1 for the trap destination.
6 Destination 2 Set address 2 for the trap destination.*Shows only if you have selected 2 or 3 in the Destination menu.
7 Destination 3 Set address 3 for the trap destination.*Shows only if you have selected 3 in the Destination menu.
8 Community Set the Traps community name.*Shows only if you have selected 1 or 2c in the SNMP Version menu.
9 User Set the Traps user name.*Shows only if you have selected 3 in the SNMP Version menu.
10 Engine ID Set the engine ID.*Shows only if you have selected 3 in the SNMP Version menu.
11 Security Set the security level.*Shows only if you have selected 3 in the SNMP Version menu.
12 Authentication ProtocolSet the authentication protocol.*Shows only if you have selected Authentication or Privacy in the Security menu.
13 Authentication PassphraseSet the authentication passphrase.*Shows only if you have selected Authentication or Privacy in the Security menu.
14 Privacy ProtocolSet the privacy protocol.*Shows only if you have selected Privacy in the Security menu.
15 Privacy PassphraseSet the privacy passphrase.*Shows only if you have selected Privacy in the Security menu.

Enable

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Enable

Enable or disable the functions for Traps.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Enable the Traps function.

- Disabled: Disable the Traps function.

Enable Enabled Disabled

SNMP Version

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > SNMP Version

Set the SNMP version.

The options are as follows:

• 1

· 2c

· 3

SNMP Version 1 2c 3

IP Version

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > IP Version

Set the IP version to use for trap destinations.

The options are as follows:

• 4 : Set the IP version to IPv4.

- 6 : Set the IP version to IPv6.

IP Version 4 8

Destinations

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Destinations

Set the number of trap destinations.

The setting range is from 1 to 3.

Destinations 1 ✓ 2 3 ✓

Destination 1

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Destination 1

Set address 1 for trap destination.

The displayed IP version differs depending on the IP Version setting.

Destination 1 0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0

Destination 2

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Destination 2

Set address 2 for trap destination.

The displayed IP version differs depending on the IP Version setting.

Shows only if you have selected 2 or 3 in the Destination menu.

Destination 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Destination 3

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Destination 3

Set address 3 for trap destination.

The displayed IP version differs depending on the IP Version setting.

Shows only if you have selected 3 in the Destination menu.

Destination 3 0 0 0.0 0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0 0 0

Community

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Community

Set the Traps community name.

Shows only if you have selected 1 or 2c in the SNMP Version menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 1 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: trapcom

Community a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . , - Shift × @ ! ? < X ✓

User

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > User

Set the Traps user name.

Shows only if you have selected 3 in the SNMP Version menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 1 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: trapuser

User a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 123 u v w x y z . . _ - Shift × @ ! ? × ✓

Engine ID

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Engine ID

Set the engine ID.

Shows only if you have selected 3 in the SNMP Version menu.

Initial setting: Created from the MAC address.

Hexadecimal characters are allowed and the range is from 10 to 64 characters (only an even number of characters are allowed).

Engine ID BRAA1010407273 A B 1 2 3 < > C D 4 5 6 X E F 7 8 9 0 ✓

Security

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Security

Set the security level.

Shows only if you have selected 3 in the SNMP Version menu.

The options are as follows:

- None

- Authentication

- Privacy

Security None Authentication Privacy

Authentication Protocol

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Authentication Protocol

Set the authentication protocol.

Shows only if you have selected Authentication or Privacy in the

Security menu.

The options are as follows:

• MD5

• SHA

Authentication Protocol MD5 SHA

Authentication Passphrase

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps >

Authentication Passphrase

Set the authentication passphrase.

Shows only if you have selected Authentication or Privacy in the Security menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 0 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: mypassword

Authentication Passphrase a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . , _ - Shift x @ ! ? ✓

Privacy Protocol

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Privacy Protocol

Set the privacy protocol.

Shows only if you have selected Privacy in the Security menu.

The options are as follows:

• DES

• AES

Privacy Protocol DES AES

Privacy Passphrase

Interface > Network > Services > SNMP > Traps > Privacy Passphrase

Set the privacy passphrase.

Shows only if you have selected Privacy in the Security menu.

You can enter alphabetic, numeric and symbolic characters in the range of 8 to 32 characters.

Initial setting: mypassword

Privacy Passphrase a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z - , _ - Shift X @ ! ? ✓

Advanced
Interface > Network > AdvancedSet the advanced function for the interface.The setting item is as follows:SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 2
1A R PAnnouncementSet the ARP announcement.
ARP Announcement
Interface > Network > Advanced > ARP AnnouncementSet the functions for ARP announcement.The ARP announcement is useful for updating other hosts mapping of a hardware address when the IP address or MAC address of the sender has changed.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 3
1 Additional Enable or disable the additional ARP announcement.
2 Periodic Set the periodic timing for ARP announcement.
Additional
Interface > Network > Advanced > ARP Announcement > AdditionalSet the additional ARP announcement.The options are as follows:Enabled: Enable the additional ARP announcement. The ARP is sent at 1, 2, 4, 8 and 16 seconds after the link up/DHCP assignment.Disabled: Disable the additional ARP announcement. The ARP is only sent at 1 second after the link up/DHCP assignment.SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 4
Periodic
Interface > Network > Advanced > ARP Announcement > PeriodicSet the interval of the ARP announcement in the range of 0 to 600 seconds.Initial setting: 0SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 5
IEEE1284
Interface > IEEE1284Set the IEEE1284 connection.Shows only if the combo interface board is installed.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 6
1 Flow Control Set the communication protocol.
2 BCC Set the BCC check function.*Shows only if you have selected Status5 in the Flow Control menu.
Flow Control
Interface > IEEE1284 > Flow ControlSet the communication protocol.The options are as follows:Status4 MultiStatus 5NoneSATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 7
BCC
Interface > IEEE1284 > BCCEnable or disable the BCC check function.Shows only if you have selected Status5 in the Flow Control menu.The options are as follows:Enabled: Enable the BCC check function.Disabled: Disable the BCC check function.SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 8
RS-232C
Interface > RS-232CSet the RS-232C connection.Shows only if the combo interface board is installed.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 9
1 Baudrate Set the communication speed.
2 Parameters Set the data parameters.
3 Flow Control Set the commmunication protocol.
4 BCC Set the BCC check function.*Shows only if you have selected STATUS5 in the Flow Control menu.
Baudrate
Interface > RS-232C > BaudrateSet the baud rate (bps).The options are as follows:• 2 4 0 0• 4 8 0 0• 9 6 0 0• 19200• 38400• 57600• 115200SATO CL608NX - Privacy Passphrase - 10

Parameters

Interface > RS-232C > Parameters

Set the data parameter.

The options are as follows:

Refer to the table below for the parameter configurations.

· 8 - N - 1
• 8-0-1
· 8 - E - 1
• 8 - N - 2
• 8-0-2
• 8 - E - 2
• 7 - N - 1
• 7-0-1
• 7 - E - 1
• 7 - N - 2
• 7-0-2
• 7 - E - 2

Parameters B-N-1 B-O-1 B-E-1 B-N-2 B-O-2 B-E-2

Parameter Configurations List

Parameter Data length (bit) Parity Stop bit (bit)
8-N-1 8NON
8-O-1 8ODD
8-E-1 8 EVEN 1
8-N-2 8NON
8-O-2 8ODD
8-E-2 8 EVEN 2
7-N-1 7NON
7-O-1 7ODD
7-E-1 7 EVEN 1
7-N-2 7NON
7-O-2 7ODD
7-E-2 7 EVEN 2

Flow Control

Interface > RS-232C > Flow Control

Set the communication protocol.

The options are as follows:

  • READY/BUSY Multi
    • XON/XOFF Multi
  • STATUS 3
  • STATUS 4
  • STATUS 5
  • None

Flow Control READY/BUSY Multi XON/XOFF Multi STATUS3 STATUS4 ✓ STATUS5 None ✓

BCC

Interface > RS-232C > BCC

Enable or disable the BCC check function.

Shows only if you have selected STATUS5 in the Flow Control menu.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Enable the BCC check function.

- Disabled: Disable the BCC check function.

BCC Enabled Disabled

USB

Interface > USB

Set the USB connection.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Flow Control Set the communication protocol.

2 BCC Set the BCC check function.

*Shows only if you have selected Status5 in the Flow Control menu.

USB Flow Control Status BCC

Flow Control

Interface > USB > Flow Control

Set the communication protocol.

The options are as follows:

  • Status 4
  • Status 5
  • None

Flow Control Status4 Status5 None

BCC

Interface > USB > BCC

Enable or disable the BCC check function.

Shows only if you have selected Status5 in the Flow Control menu.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the BCC check function.
  • Disabled: Disable the BCC check function.

BCC Enabled Disabled

Bluetooth

Interface > Bluetooth

Set the Bluetooth connection.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Enable Enable or disable the functions for Bluetooth.

2 Name Set the device name for the printer.

3 Pin Code Set the PIN code.

4 BD Address Shows the BD address of this printer.

(You cannot change this address.)

5 Firm Version Shows the firmware version of the Bluetooth.

(You cannot change this value.)

6 Host BD Addr Check the Host BD address.

7 Authentication Set the authentication level.

8 ISI Set the ISI communication parameter.

9 ISW Set the ISW communication parameter.

10 PSI Set the PSI communication parameter.

11 | PSW | Set the PSW communication parameter.

12 CRC Mode Set the CRC check function.

13 Flow Control Set the communication protocol.

Bluetooth Enable Name SATO PRINTER_ Pin Code 0000 BD Address Firm Version spb3_v2.00 Host BD Addr

Enable

Interface > Bluetooth > Enable

Enable or disable the functions for Bluetooth.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the Bluetooth function.
  • Disabled: Disable the Bluetooth function.

Enable Enabled ✓ Disabled ✓

Name

Interface > Bluetooth > Name

Set the device name for the printer.

You can enter one to fifty-three characters including alphabet (upper case and lower case), numbers and symbols.

Name SATO PRINTER_

Pin Code

Interface > Bluetooth > Pin Code

Set the PIN code.

You can enter four to sixteen characters including alphabet (upper case and lower case), numbers and symbols.

Pin Code 0000 a b c d e f g h i j < > k l m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . _ - Shift x @ 1 ? ✓

Authentication

Interface > Bluetooth > Authentication

Set the authentication level.

The options are as follows:

• None: No authentication
- Level 2-1: PIN code authentication, service level, no encryption
- Level 2-2: PIN code authentication, service level, encryption
- Level 3: PIN code authentication, link level, no encryption
- Level 4: Secure Simple Pairing compatible, service level, encryption (Can be communicated with devices that are not compatible with Secure Simple Pairing)

Authentication None Level 2-1 Level 2-2 Level 3 Level 4

ISI

Interface > Bluetooth > ISI

Set the ISI communication parameter.

The setting range is 0, or from 18 to 4096.

Set to a value that is higher than the ISW communication parameter setting value.

ISI 0, 18-4096 2048 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

ISW

Interface > Bluetooth > ISW

Set the ISW communication parameter.

The setting range is 0, or from 17 to 4096.

The setting range varies depending on the ISI communication parameter setting value.

Set to a value that is lower than the ISI communication parameter setting value.

ISW 0, 17-4.96 18 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

PSI

Interface > Bluetooth > PSI

Set the PSI communication parameter.

The setting range is from 18 to 4096.

Set to a value that is higher than the PSW communication parameter setting value.

PSI 18-4096 2048 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 ×3 7 8 9 - 0 - ✓

PSW

Interface > Bluetooth > PSW

Set the PSW communication parameter.

The setting range is from 17 to 4096.

The setting range varies depending on the PSI communication parameter setting value.

Set to a value that is lower than the PSI communication parameter setting value.

PSW 17-4096 18 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

CRC Mode

Interface > Bluetooth > CRC Mode

Enable or disable the CRC check function.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Enable the CRC check function.

- Disabled: Disable the CRC check function.

CRC Mode Enabled Disabled

Flow Control

Interface > Bluetooth > Flow Control

Set the communication protocol.

The options are as follows:

  • Status 3
  • Status4 Multi
  • None

Flow Control Status3 Status4 Multi None

Ignore CR/LF

Interface > Ignore CR/LF

Ignore or acknowledge the CR/LF code of the received data.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Ignore the CR/LF code.
  • Disabled: Do not ignore the CR/LF code.

Ignore CR/LF Enabled Disabled

Ignore CAN/DLE

Interface > Ignore CAN/DLE

Ignore or acknowledge the CAN/DLE code of the received data.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Ignore the CAN/DLE code.
  • Disabled: Do not ignore the CAN/DLE code.

Ignore CAN/DLE Enabled Disabled

External I/O
Interface > External I/OUse the external (EXT) terminal as an interface between the external device and the printer.Shows only if the combo interface board is installed.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Ignore CAN/DLE - 2
1 Enable Enable or disable the external signal interface.
2 Signals Set the externasignal.*Shows only if you have selected Enabled in the Enable menu.
3 EXT I/O Re-print Set thereprint function that uses the external terminal.
Enable
Interface > External I/O > EnableEnable or disable the external signal interface.The options are as follows:Enabled: Enable the external signal interface.Disabled: Disable the external signal interface.SATO CL608NX - Ignore CAN/DLE - 3
Signals
Interface > External I/O > SignalsSet the external signal.Shows only if you have selectedEnabledin theEnablemenu.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Ignore CAN/DLE - 4
1 EXT 9PIN Set the function of the EXT 9PIN output.
2 EXT Mode Set the mode of the Print End Signal.
3 Inputs Set the input pin No. of the Signal Print Start/Signal Reprint.
4 Outputs Set the output pin No. of the signals.

EXT 9PIN

Interface > External I/O > Signals > EXT 9PIN

Set the function of the EXT 9PIN output.

The options are as follows:

  • MODE1: The output signal becomes "Active" when there is remaining print data without error in online mode.
  • MODE2: The output signal becomes "Active" when the printer is ONLINE.

EXT 9PIN MODE1 ✓ MODE2 ✓

EXT Mode

Interface > External I/O > Signals > EXT Mode

Set the mode of the Print End Signal.

The options are as follows:

Type Operation Details
TYPE1 Theprint end signal (PREND) is High before label printing, and it becomes Low after print completion. The signal level becomes High after 20 ms.
TYPE2 Theprint end signal (PREND) is Low before label printing, and it becomes High after print completion. The signal level becomes Low after 20 ms.
TYPE3 Theprint end signal (PREND) is High before label printing, becomes Low from the start to the end of print, and becomes High again after print completion.
TYPE4 Theprint end signal (PREND) is Low before label printing, becomes High from the start to the end of print, and becomes Low again after print completion.

EXT Mode TYPE1 TYPE2 TYPE3 TYPE4 ✓

*Refer to Section 7.7.6 External Signal Interface (EXT) for the Timing Chart of the EXT Output Signal.

Inputs
Interface > External I/O > Signals > InputsSet the input pin No. of the Signal Print Start/Signal Reprint.Press the ▲/▼ buttons to highlight the item that you want to change, then press the ◀/► buttons to change the pin No.Press the ← button to save the settings and return to theSignals menu.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - EXT Mode - 2
1 Start Print Set the inputpin No. of the Signal Print Start.The options are as follows:PIN5: Set the Signal Print Start to 5PIN.PIN7: Set the Signal Print Start to 7PIN.
2 Reprint Set the input pinNo. of the Signal Reprint.The options are as follows:PIN5: Set the Signal Reprint to 5PIN.PIN7: Set the Signal Reprint to 7PIN.
NoteYou cannot set any inputs using the same pin number. If you attempt to set the same number, the settings will show in red and you cannot save the settings.
Outputs
Interface > External I/O > Signals > OutputsSet the output pin No. of the signals.Press the ▲/▼ buttons to highlight the item that you want to change, then press the ◀/► buttons to change the pin No.Press the ← button to save the settings and return to theSignals menu.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - EXT Mode - 3(If RFID Mode is enabled)(CL4NX only)SATO CL608NX - EXT Mode - 4
1Paper End/Paper/Ribbon End (If RFID Mode is enabled) (CL4NX only)Set the output pin No. of the Signal Paper End.Set the output pin No. of the Signal Paper/Ribbon End if you have installed the RFID.
2Ribbon End/RFID Tag Error (If RFID Mode is enabled) (CL4NX only)Set the output pin No. of the Signal Ribbon End.Set the output pin No. of the Signal RFID Tag Error if you have installed the RFID.
3Machine Error/Machine/RFID Error (If RFID Mode is enabled) (CL4NX only)Set the output pin No. of the Signal Machine Error.Set the output pin No. of the Signal Machine/RFID Error if you have installed the RFID.
4Print DoneSet the output pin No. of the Signal Print End.
5Qty/Offline • MODE1: Theoutput signal becomes“Active” when there is remaining print data without error in online mode.MODE2: The output signal becomes “Active” when the printer is Online.
6Ribbon Near EndSet the output pin No. of the Signal Ribbon Near End.
7Dispenser Set the outputpin No. of the Signal Dispenser.*To use this signal, connect the dispenser unit or linerless kit (CL4NX only).
8Label Near EndSet the output pin No. of the Signal Label Near End.*This printer does not support the Label Near End function. Keep the setting off.
The options for each signal outputs are as follows:• PIN1: Set the selected signal to 1PIN.• PIN3: Set the selected signal to 3PIN.• PIN4: Set the selected signal to 4PIN.• PIN6: Set the selected signal to 6PIN.• PIN9: Set the selected signal to 9PIN.• PIN10: Set the selected signal to 10PIN.• OFF: Set the selected signal to off mode.
NoteYou cannot set any outputs using the same pin number. If you attempt to set the same number, the settings will show in red and you cannot save the settings.

EXT I/O Re-print

Interface > External I/O > EXT I/O Re-print

Set the reprint function for use with the external terminal.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the reprint function.
  • Disabled: Disable the reprint function.

EXT I/O Re-print Enabled Disabled

RFID (CL4NX only)
Interface > RFIDPerform the RFID settings.*Shows only for the RFID model.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - EXT I/O Re-print - 2
1 Antenna Pitch Set the antenna pitch.
2 Write Power Set radio power level used to write information to RFID tag.
3 Read Power Set radio power level used to read information from RFID tag.
4 Tag Offset Set distance to print on label BEFORE pausing to encode RFID.
5 Reader Model Shows the RFID module model.
6 Reader Version Shows the RFID module firmware version.
7 View Shows the RFID tag data.
8 Retry Mode Set whether to retry encoding of failed data after error recovery.
9 Retries Set the number of failed encoding attempts before error warning/print pause.
10 Mark bad tags Set the error print for the RFID tag error.
11 MCS Set the Multi vendor or Chip-based Serialization.
12 Non-RFID WarningSet the non-RFID warning message.
13 Log RFID Data Set the log function to record the encoded tag information.
14 Data To Record Set the data to be recorded.
15 Output Error ModeSet the signal type for RFID errors.
16 Pulse Length Set the length of an RFID error pulse.
17 Counters Shows the RFID counter.

Antenna Pitch

SATO CL608NX - Antenna Pitch - 1

Interface > RFID > Antenna Pitch

Set the antenna pitch according to the Inlay Configuration Guide.

For details, access the following URL:

http://www.satoworldwide.com/rfid/

The options are as follows:

- Standard

- Short

*Shows only if the module is UHF.

Antenna Pitch Standard ✓ Short ✓

Write Power

SATO CL608NX - Write Power - 1

Interface > RFID > Write Power

Set radio power level used to write information to RFID tag according to the Inlay Configuration Guide. For details, access the following URL:

http://www.satoworldwide.com/rfid/

The setting range is from 0 to 24 dBm.

*Shows only if the module is UHF.

Write Power 0-24 dBm 1 0

Read Power

SATO CL608NX - Read Power - 1

Interface > RFID > Read Power

Set radio power level used to read information from RFID tag according to the Inlay Configuration Guide. For details, access the following URL:

http://www.satoworldwide.com/rfid/

The setting range is from 0 to 24 dBm.

*Shows only if the module is UHF.

Read Power 0-24 dBm 1 0 × ✓

Tag Offset

SATO CL608NX - Tag Offset - 1

Interface > RFID > Tag Offset

Set distance to print on label BEFORE pausing to encode RFID according to the Inlay Configuration Guide. This setting will be used when labels are not compatible with the CL4NX's antenna positions. For details, access the following URL:

http://www.satoworldwide.com/rfid/

The setting range is from 0 to 240 mm.

Tag Offset 0-240 mm 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

View
Interface > RFID > ViewShows the data of the RFID tag.Press the ← button to change to the Memory Bank screen.Press the right soft button (READ) to change to the Data Reading screen, to read and show the data.On the Data Reading screen, you can press the right soft button to feed the media and attempt to read the tag currently set in the printer.SATO CL608NX - Tag Offset - 3
Memory Bank
Interface > RFID > View > Memory BankSet the memory area of the RFID tag to read.The readable memory areas are as follows:If the installed module is UHF• EPC: EPC area• T I D : TID area• USER: USER area• P C : PC/AFI areaIf the installed module is HF• USER: USER area• U I D : UID areaSATO CL608NX - Tag Offset - 4
Retry Mode
Interface > RFID > Retry ModeSet whether to retry encoding of failed data after error recovery.The options are as follows:Retry:The printer will continue to attempt encoding the same data.However, if you have set the Retries to 0, the RFID error screen shows and printing continues.Release: Deletes the current print job, allowing the printer to move on to the next print job. If the RFID error occurs continuously and reaches the maximum number of Retries, printing stops.SATO CL608NX - Tag Offset - 5
Retries
Interface > RFID > RetriesSet the number of failed encoding attempts before error warning/print pause.The setting range is from 0 to 9.If you set to 0, the RFID error screen shows and printing continues.SATO CL608NX - Tag Offset - 6
Mark bad tagsUHF HF
Interface > RFID > Mark bad tagsSet the error print for the RFID tag error.Enabled: Enable the RFID error print function.Disabled: Disable the RFID error print function.For details on the RFID error print, refer to Section 7.5.1 Printing RFID Tag Errors.SATO CL608NX - Tag Offset - 7
MCS
Interface > RFID > MCSSet the Multi vendor Chip-based Serialization. Shows only if the module is UHF. The setting items are as follows:
1 MCS Enable or disablethe Multi vendor Chip-based Serialization.
2 C h i pManufacturerManually set MCS manufacturer prefix.*Shows only if you have selectedEnabledin the MCS menu.
3 Pre-Encoded Tag Enableor disable for tags with pre-encoded EPC serial numbers.*Shows only if you have selectedEnabledin the MCS menu.
4 Assign Prefix Set how toassign the three digit prefix data.*Shows only if you have selectedEnabledin the MCS menu.
5 MCS Prefix Digit Set thelength of manually assigned MCS manufacturer prefix.*Shows only if you have selectedManualin the Assign Prefix menu.
6 Input Prefix Set the contents of MCS prefix.*Shows only if you have selectedManualin the Assign Prefix menu.
MCSUHF
Interface > RFID > MCS > MCSEnable or disable the Multi vendor Chip-based Serialization.Enabled: Enable the Multi vendor Chip-based Serialization.Disabled: Disable the Multi vendor Chip-based Serialization.SATO CL608NX - Tag Offset - 8
NoteMulti vendor Chip-based Serialization: use TID as base for SGTIN serial number.
Chip ManufacturerUHF
Interface > RFID > MCS > Chip ManufacturerManually set MCS manufacturer prefix.Shows only if you have selectedEnabledin the MCSmenu.The options are as follows:· I M P I N J· A L I E N· NXPSATO CL608NX - Tag Offset - 9
Pre-Encoded TagUHF
Interface > RFID > MCS > Pre-Encoded TagEnable or disable for tags with pre-encoded EPC serial numbers. EPC GTIN data is still required.Shows only if you have selectedEnabledin the MCSmenu.The options are as follows:Enabled: Enable the pre-encoded tag Cooperative: Disable the pre-encoded tag.SATO CL608NX - Tag Offset - 10
Assign Prefix
Interface > RFID > MCS > Assign PrefixSet how to assign the three digit prefix data.Shows only if you have selectedEnabledin the MCSmenu.The options are as follows:Auto: Set to the manufacturer prefix selected in Chip Manufacturer.Manual: Set to the prefix determined by the MCS Prefix Digit and Input Prefix.SATO CL608NX - Tag Offset - 11
NoteDoes not show if Chip Manufacturer is NXP and Pre-Encoded Tag is enabled.

MCS Prefix Digit

SATO CL608NX - MCS Prefix Digit - 1

Interface > RFID > MCS > MCS Prefix Digit

Set the length of manually assigned MCS manufacturer prefix.

This screen shows only if you have selected Manual in the Assign Prefix menu.

The options are as follows:

  • None: Set the number of digits of the prefix data to 0.
    Fill in 0 for all three 3 digits of the prefix data.
  • 1 bit : Set the number of digits of the prefix data to 1 digit. Fill in 0 for the lower 2 bits of the prefix data.
  • 2 bits: Set the number of digits of the prefix data to 2 digits. Fill in 0 for the lower 1 bit of the prefix data.
    • 3 bits: Set the number of digits of the prefix data to 3 digits.

Note

Does not show if Chip Manufacturer is NXP and Pre-Encoded Tag is enabled.

MCS Prefix Digit None 1 bit 2 bits 3 bits ✓

Input Prefix

SATO CL608NX - Input Prefix - 1

Interface > RFID > MCS > Input Prefix

Set the contents of MCS prefix.

This screen shows only if you have selected Manual in the Assign Prefix menu.

The setting range is from 0 to 7.

Note

  • Does not show if Chip Manufacturer is NXP and Pre-Encoded Tag is enabled.
  • The setting range varies depending on the setting value in MCS Prefix Digit.

Input Prefix 0-7 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 7 8 9 - 0 - ✓

Non-RFID Warning
Interface > RFID > Non-RFID Warning Set the warning for non-RFID error. The options are as follows: • Enabled: Show the non-RFID warning upon error. • Disabled: Ignore the non-RFID error.16:28 Enabled Disabled ✓
With Non-RFID warning enabled and RFID tag loaded, if the items received do not contain an RFID issue command, a warning error shows before printing so that the RFID tag will not be wasted. Press the CANCEL button to clear the warning message.14:00 Non-RFID Warning

1073

RFID command does not exist. Disable warning or check command or label. QTY : 5 CANCEL ✗
Log RFID Data
Interface > RFID > Log RFID Data Set the log function to record the encoded tag information. The log data can record up to 100 tags of information. The options are as follows: • Enabled: Enable the log function to record the RFID data. • Disabled: Disable the log function to record the RFID data.
Note UID data is recorded if the module is HF.
Data To Record
Interface > RFID > Data To Record Set the data to record the log when Log RFID Data is enabled. The options are as follows: • EPC and TID: Store the EPC and TID data. • EPC: Store the EPC data. • T I D : Store the TID data. * Shows only if the module is UHF.19:04 Data To Record EPC and TID EPC TID
Output Error Mode
Interface > RFID > Output Error ModeSet the signal type for RFID errors.The options are as follows:• Pulse: Outputs a pulse as the output signal when an RFID error occurs.• Level: Outputs a level as the output signal when an RFID error occurs.[UHF HF]
Pulse LengthUHF HF
Interface > RFID > Pulse LengthSet the length of an RFID error pulse.Shows only if you have selected Pulse in the Output Error Mode menu.The options are as follows:1 0 0 m s2 0 0 m s3 0 0 m s4 0 0 m s5 0 0 m sSATO CL608NX - 1073 - 1
CountersUHF HF
Interface > RFID> CountersShows the RFID counter.The display items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - 1073 - 2
1 Lifetime Shows the numberber of encoding successes, failures, and total attempts.
2 User Shows the numberof encoding successes, failures, and total attempts after the RFID counter is cleared.
LifetimeUHF HF
Interface > RFID> Counters > LifetimeShows the number of encoding successes, failures, and total attempts.The display items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - 1073 - 3
1 Count Success Shows the total number of successful times you have written to an RFID tag.
2 Count Failure Shows the total number of RFID write errors.
3 Count Total Shows the total number of times you have written to an RFID tag.This is the total number including Count Success and Count Failure.
UserUHF HF
Interface > RFID> Counters > UserShows the number of encoding successes, failures, and total attempts after the RFID counter is cleared.The display items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - 1073 - 4
1 CountCount Success Shows the total number of successful times you have written to an RFID tag after the RFID counter is cleared.
2 CountFailure Shows the total number of RFID write errors after the RFID counter is cleared.
3 CountTotal Shows the total number of times you have written to an RFID tag after the RFID counter is cleared.This is the total number including Count Success and Count Failure.
NoteYou can reset the counter using the right soft button (CLEAR) when the counter is 1 or higher.

4.4.4 Applications Menu

In the Applications menu, there are setting items as follows:

Applications

1 Protocol Set the printer language.
2SBPLSet the SBPL printer command.
3SZPLSet the SZPL printer command.
4SIPLSet the SIPL printer command.
5STCLSet the STCL printer command.
6SDPLSet the SDPL printer command.
7AEPSet the functions for AEP (Application Enabled Printing).

Applications Protocol AUTO SBPL > SZPL > SIPL > STCL > SDPL >

Protocol

Applications > Protocol

Set the printer language.

The options are as follows:

  • AUTO: Automatically analyze the received print data and set the printer language. In Auto mode, the printer can change the language after startup by receiving another language.
  • SBPL: Set when you use the SBPL printer language or XML.
  • SZPL: Set when you use the SZPL printer language.
    • SIPL: Set when you use the SIPL printer language.
  • SDPL: Set when you use the SDPL printer language.
    • STCL: Set when you use the STCL printer language.

Protocol AUTO SBPL SZPL SIPL SDPL STCL

Note (When AUTO is selected in the Protocol menu)

  • When AUTO is selected, the message prompting to restart the printer will appear on the online/offline screen. In such a case, reboot the printer to make the setting effective.
  • Once the printer language is fixed, the name of the printer language will appear on the online/offline screen. The area to show the name of the printer language will remain blank until the printer language is finalized.

Online 203 dpi QTY : 0 OFFLINE ▶II

The area remains blank until the printer language is finalized.

For example, send print data in SBPL.

Online 203 dpi SBPL QTY : 0 OFFLINE

  • Printer language is finalized with the received print data.
  • Non-Standard Code is not supported. When Standard Code under SBPL in the Applications menu is disabled, the Protocol setting will be changed to SBPL.

SBPL

Applications > SBPL

SBPL (Sato Barcode Printer Language) is the common command that controls SATO barcode label printers.

To use SBPL as the printer command, set the following items:

1 Show Error Enable or disable the command error indication.
2 Standard Code Set the protocol code.
3 Orientation Set the layout for printing.
4 Font Settings Set the font.
5 Compatible Set the compatible code.

SBPL Show Error Standard Code Orientation Portrait Font Settings > Compatible >

Show Error

Applications > SBPL > Show Error

Enable or disable the command error indication when incorrect command or parameter is detected in the print data.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the command error indication. The command error is shown and the print operation is paused when incorrect command or parameter is detected in the print data.
  • Disabled: Disable the command error indication.

Show Error Enabled Disabled

Standard Code

Applications > SBPL > Standard Code

Set the protocol code.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Use a standard code.
    • Disabled: Use a non-standard code.

Standard Code Enabled Disabled

Note

  • The message prompting to restart the printer will appear on the online/offline screen if you have made any changes. In such a case, reboot the printer to make the setting effective.
  • When AUTO is selected in the Protocol menu while Disabled is selected, the setting will be changed to Enabled.

Orientation

Applications > SBPL > Orientation

Select the layout for printing the label.

  • Portrait: Use a portrait layout. (No rotation)
  • Landscape: Use a landscape layout. (90-degree rotation)
  • Inv. Portrait: Use an inverse portrait layout. (180-degree rotation)
  • Inv. Landscape: Use an inverse landscape layout. (270-degree rotation)

Orientation Portrait Landscape Inv. Portrait Inv. Landscape

Font Settings

Applications > SBPL > Font Settings

Set the font.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Zero Slash Set the type for printing zero.

2 Kanji Set the kanji code to be used.

3 Proportional Set the character pitch for printing.

4 Code Page Set the code page to be used.

5 € Set the European currency symbol to a hex code.

Font Settings Zero Slash ✓ Kanji > Proportional ✓ Code Page 858 € d5

Zero Slash

Applications > SBPL > Font Settings > Zero Slash

Set whether to print the number zero (0) with or without a slash (/).

This setting is applied to the following bitmap fonts:

U, S, M, WB, WL, XU, XS, XM, XL, X20, X21, X22, X23, X24

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Print zero with a slash.
  • Disabled: Print zero without a slash.

Zero Slash Enabled ✓ Disabled ✓

Kanji

Applications > SBPL > Font Settings > KanjiSet the kanji code to be used.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Zero Slash - 2
1 Kanji Set Set the kanji code to be used.
2 Character Code Set the character code to be used.
3 Kanji Style Set the font to be used.

Kanji Set

Applications > SBPL > Font Settings > Kanji > Kanji SetSet the kanji code to be used.The options are as follows:JP - COMPATIBLEJP-JISX0208JP-JISX0213GB18030BIG 5KCS5601SATO CL608NX - Zero Slash - 3

Character Code

Applications > SBPL > Font Settings > Kanji > Character CodeSet the character code to be used.The options vary depending on the kanji code set in the Kanji Set:When set to JP-COMPATIBLE or JP-JISX0208JISSJ ISUTF-16When set to JP-JISX0213SJ ISUTF-16When set to GB18030GB18030When set to BIG5BIG 5When set to KCS5601KCS5601SATO CL608NX - Zero Slash - 4

Kanji Style

Applications > SBPL > Font Settings > Kanji > Kanji Style

Set the font to be used.

The options are as follows:

• Mincho

• Gothic

Kanji Style Mincho Gothic

Proportional

Applications > SBPL > Font Settings > Proportional

Set whether to print each character using a proportional pitch or fixed pitch.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Print each character with a proportional pitch.

- Disabled: Print all characters with a fixed pitch.

Proportional Enabled ✓ Disabled ✓

Code Page

Applications > SBPL > Font Settings > Code Page

Select the code page to be used from the list.

Code Page UTF-8 858 8859-1 8859-2 8859-3 737

Applications > SBPL > Font Settings > €

Set the European currency symbol to a hex code.

The setting range is from 00 to ff (hexadecimal).

13:04 0-255 d 5 × ✓

Compatible
Applications > SBPL > CompatibleSet the compatible code for SBPL.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - € - 2
1 CODE128(C)Zero FillSet whether to allow odd digits and print the barcode with zero-filling when start code C is used in CODE128.
2 Kanji Command Set theprinter behavior when the received data includes the Kanji command ESC+K5, ESC+K6 or ESC+K7.
3 Call Font/Logo Set howto process the character code specified in Recall font & logo command (ESC+RF).
CODE128(C) Zero Fill
Applications > SBPL > Compatible > CODE128(C) Zero FillSet whether to allow odd digits and print the barcode with zero-filling in case start code C is used in CODE128.The options are as follows:Enabled: Allow odd digits and print the barcode with zero-filling.Disabled: Do not allow odd digits. A command error occurs and the barcode will not be printed.SATO CL608NX - € - 3
Kanji Command
Applications > SBPL > Compatible > Kanji CommandSet the printer behavior when the received data includes the Kanji command ESC+K5, ESC+K6 or ESC+K7.The options are as follows:Enabled: Change the Kanji commands ESC+K5, ESC+K6 and ESC+K7 in the received data to the proper commands and print. ESC+K5: 16x16 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character ESC+K6: 24x24 dots Kanji in horizontal line with 1-byte character ESC+K7: 22x22 dots Kanji in horizontal lineDisabled: Do not change the Kanji commands ESC+K5, ESC+K6 and ESC+K7 in the received data. The printer behavior when it receives these commands is as follows:ESC+K5: Print with 40x40 dots Kanji in horizontal line.ESC+K6: A command error occurs and the data will not be printed.ESC+K7: A command error occurs and the data will not be printed.SATO CL608NX - € - 4

Applications > SBPL > Compatible > Call Font/Logo

Set how to process the character code specified in Recall font & logo command (ESC+RF).

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Character codes are processed in little-endian format.
  • Disabled: Character codes are processed in big-endian format.

Call Font/Logo Enabled Disabled

SZPL

Applications > SZPL

To use SZPL as the printer command, set the following items:

1 Label Set the print position.

2 Caret Set the caret (^) code.

3 Delimiter Set the delimiter (,) code.

4 Tilde Set the tilde (\~) code.

5 Clock Format Set the date format.

SZPL Label > Caret 94 Delimiter 44 Tilde 126 Clock Format (none)

Label

Applications > SZPL > Label

Set the print position.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Shift Set the shift offset position of the label.

2 Top Set the top offset position of the label.

Label Shift 0 dot Top 0 dot

Shift

Applications > SZPL > Label > Shift

Set the shift offset position of the label.

The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.

The setting range is as follows:

• 203 dpi: -832 to 0 to 832 dots
• 305 dpi: -1248 to 0 to 1248 dots
• 609 dpi: -2496 to 0 to 2496 dots

• 203 dpi: -832 to 0 to 832 dots
• 305 dpi: -1248 to 0 to 1248 dots

Shift -832-832 dot 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 7 8 9 - 0 - ✓

Top

Applications > SZPL > Label > Top

Set the top offset position of the label. The setting range is from -120 to 0 to 120.

Top -120-120 dot 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 - ✓

Caret

Applications > SZPL > Caret Set the caret (^) code. The setting range is from 0 to 255.

Caret 0-255 0 9 4 13:05

Delimiter

Applications > SZPL > Delimiter

Set the delimiter (,) code.

The setting range is from 0 to 255.

Delimiter 0-255 0 4 4

Tilde

Applications > SZPL > Tilde

Set the tilde (\~) code.

The setting range is from 0 to 255.

Tilde 0-255 1 2 6

Clock Format

Applications > SZPL > Clock Format

Set the date format.

The options are as follows:

- (none)

• MM/DD/YY (24-hour clock)

• MM/DD/YY (12-hour clock)

• DD/MM/YY (24-hour clock)

• DD/MM/YY (12-hour clock)

Clock Format (none) MM/DD/YY (24-hour clock) MM/DD/YY (12-hour clock) DD/MM/YY (24-hour clock) DD/MM/YY (12-hour clock)

SIPL

Applications > SIPL

To use SIPL as the printer command, set the following items:

1 Font Settings Set the font.

2 Format Save Set whether to save the user format data registered at printing in the printer.

SIPL Font Settings > Format Save

Font Settings

Applications > SIPL > Font SettingsSet the font.The setting items are as follows:
1 Code Page Set the code page to be used.
2 c20 Proportional PitchSet the character pitch for printing.
3 0 $lash Set the type forprinting zero.

Font Settings Code Page 1252 c20 Proportional Pitch 0 Slash

Code Page

Applications > SIPL > Font Settings > Code Page
Select the code page to be used from the list.

Font Settings Code Page 1252 c20 Proportional Pitch 0 Slash

c20 Proportional Pitch

Applications > SIPL > Font Settings > c20 Proportional Pitch
Set whether to print each character using a proportional pitch or fixed pitch.
The options are as follows:
• Enabled: Print each character with a proportional pitch.
• Disabled: Print all characters with a fixed pitch.

c20 Proportional Pitch Enabled Disabled

0 Slash

Applications > SIPL > Font Settings > 0 Slash
Set whether to print the number zero (0) with or without a slash (/).The options are as follows:Enabled: Print zero with a slash disabled: Print zero without a slash.

0 Slash Enabled Disabled

Format Save

Applications > SIPL > Format Save

Set whether to save the user format data registered at printing in the printer.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Save the user format data registered at printing in the printer.
  • Disabled: Do not save the user format data registered at printing in the printer. The user format data remains in the printer memory until the printer is powered off. You need to register a user format again after reboot.

Format Save Enabled ✓ Disabled ✓

STCL

Applications > STCL

To use STCL as the printer command, set the following items:

1 Command Head Set the command head.

2 Font Settings Set the font.

STCL Command Head > Font Settings >

Command Head

Applications > STCL > Command Head

Set the command head.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Control Code Set the control code.

2 1st Byte Code Set the first byte code.

3 2nd Byte Code Set the second byte code.

4 3rd Byte Code Set the third byte code.

Command Head Control Code Auto 1st Byte Code 27 2nd Byte Code 10 3rd Byte Code 0

Control Code

Applications > STCL > Command Head > Control Code

Set the control code.

The options are as follows:

• Auto: Perform the protocol detection automatically.
- ESC|LF|NUL
• 7 B | 7 C | 7 D
- Custom: Change the first to third byte codes.

Control Code Auto ESC|LF|NUL 7B|7C|7D Custom

1st Byte Code

Applications > STCL > Command Head > 1st Byte Code

Set the first byte code.

You can change the code only if you have selected Custom in the Control Code menu.

The setting range is from 0 to 255.

1st Byte Code 0-255 0 2 7

2nd Byte Code

Applications > STCL > Command Head > 2nd Byte Code

Set the second byte code.

You can change the code only if you have selected Custom in the Control Code menu.

The setting range is from 0 to 255.

2nd Byte Code 0-255 0 1 0 × ✓

3rd Byte Code

Applications > STCL > Command Head > 3rd Byte Code

Set the third byte code.

You can change the code only if you have selected Custom in the Control Code menu.

The setting range is from 0 to 255.

3rd Byte Code 0-255

Font Settings

Applications > STCL > Font Settings

Set the font.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Zero Slash Set the type for printing zero.

2 € Set the European currency symbol to a hex code.

3 Code Page Set the code page to be used.

Font Settings Zero Slash € d5 Code Page 850

Zero Slash

Applications > STCL > Font Settings > Zero Slash

Set whether to print the number zero (0) with or without a slash (/). The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Print zero with a slash.
  • Disabled: Print zero without a slash.

Zero Slash Enabled Disabled

Applications > STCL > Font Settings > €

Set the European currency symbol to a hex code. The setting range is from 00 to ff (hexadecimal).

13:04 0-255 d 5

Code Page

Applications > STCL > Font Settings > Code Page

Select the code page to be used from the list.

Code Page 850 852 855 1250 1251 1252

SDPL

Applications > SDPL

To use SDPL as the printer command, set the following items:

1 Control Code Set the control code.

2 Label Rotation Set the page orientation of label printing.

3 Format Attribute Set the format attribute.

4 Pause Mode Enable or disable the pause mode.

5 SOP Emulation Set the SOP emulation.

6 1 Byte Codepage Select the code page to be used for 1 byte characters.

7 SDPL Measure Unit Set the measurement unit.

8 Compatible Mode Set the compatible mode for SDPL.

SDPL Control Code > Label Rotation Format Attribute XOR Pause Mode SOP Emulation Auto 1 Byte Codepage CP 850

Control Code

Applications > SDPL > Control Code

Set the control code.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Code Type Set the type of the control code.

2 SOH Set the SOH code.

3 STX Set the STX code.

4 CR Set the CR code.

5 CNTBY Set the CNTBY code.

Control Code Code Type Standard SOH 01 STX 02 CR 0D CNTBY 5E

Code Type

Applications > SDPL > Control Code > Code Type

Set the control code type.

The options are as follows:

- Standard

- Alternate 1

- Alternate 2

- Custom

Code Type Standard Alternate 1 Alternate 2 Custom

SOH

Applications > SDPL > Control Code > SOH

Set the SOH code.

You can change the code only if you have selected Custom in the Code

Type menu.

The setting range is from 00 to ff (hexadecimal).

SOH 0-255 0 1 × ✓

STX

Applications > SDPL > Control Code > STX

Set the STX code.

You can change the code only if you have selected Custom in the Code Type menu.

The setting range is from 00 to ff (hexadecimal).

STX 0-255 0 2 × ✓

CR

Applications > SDPL > Control Code > CR

Set the CR code.

You can change the code only if you have selected Custom in the Code Type menu.

The setting range is from 00 to ff (hexadecimal).

CR 0-255 0 d 13:11

CNTBY

Applications > SDPL > Control Code > CNTBY

Set the CNTBY code.

You can change the code only if you have selected Custom in the Code Type menu.

The setting range is from 00 to ff (hexadecimal).

CNTBY 0-255 5 e

Label Rotation

Applications > SDPL > Label Rotation

Set the page orientation of label printing.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Labels are printed in inverse-portrait orientation.
  • Disabled: Labels are printed in normal portrait orientation.

Label Rotation Enabled Disabled

Format Attribute

Applications > SDPL > Format Attribute

Set the format attribute.

The options are as follows:

• XOR
- Transparent
- Opaque
- Inverse

Format Attribute XOR Transparent Opaque Inverse

Pause Mode

Applications > SDPL > Pause Mode

Enable or disable the pause mode.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the pause mode.
  • Disabled: Disable the pause mode.

Pause Mode Enabled Disabled ✓

SOP Emulation

Applications > SDPL > SOP Emulation

Set the SOP emulation.

The options are as follows:

  • Disabled
    • Prodigy Plus - 110
    • Allegro - 220
    • Prodigy - 250
    • Auto

SOP Emulation Disabled Prodigy Plus - 110 Allegro - 220 Prodigy - 250 Auto

1 Byte Codepage

Applications > SDPL > 1 Byte Codepage

Select the code page to be used for 1 byte characters from the list.

1 Byte Codepage UTF-8 CP 88591 CP 88592 CP 88595 CP 852 CP 850

SDPL Measure Unit

Applications > SDPL > SDPL Measure Unit

Set the measurement unit.

The options are as follows:

- Inch

- Millimeter

SDPL Measure Unit Inch Millimeter

Compatible Mode

Applications > SDPL > Compatible Mode

Set the compatible mode for SDPL.

The setting item is as follows:

1 TTF Set whether to allow the use of TrueType fonts.

Compatible Mode TTF

TTF

Applications > SDPL > Compatible Mode > TTF

Set whether to allow the use of TrueType fonts.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Allow the use of TrueType fonts.

- Disabled: Do not allow the use of TrueType fonts.

TTF Enabled Disabled

AEP

Applications > AEP

Set the functions for AEP (Application Enabled Printing).

AEP mode allows you to use the printer as a stand-alone printer by running applications within the printer.

Use the standard application, or install custom applications to the printer from a USB memory, All-In-One Tool, WebConfig page, etc.

In AEP mode, you can use USB keyboards and barcode scanners to input data.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Enable Enable or disable AEP mode.
2 Start Application Selectthe application to start at printer startup in AEP mode.

Note

Contact your SATO sales representative for more information about the use of AEP mode.

AEP Enable Start Application /rom/standalone/

Enable

Applications > AEP > Enable

Enable or disable AEP mode.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable AEP mode.
  • Disabled: Disable AEP mode.

Note

The message prompting to restart the printer will appear on the online/offline screen if you have made any changes. In such a case, reboot the printer to make the setting effective.

Enable Enabled Disabled

Start Application

Applications > AEP > Start Application

Select the application to start at printer startup in AEP mode.

Select the application using the ▲/▼ buttons and press the right soft button to confirm.

Start Application

4.4.5 System Menu

In the System menu, there are setting items as follows:

System
1 Regional Set the display language, time zone, calendar and unit.SATO CL608NX - System Menu - 1
2NotificationsSet the function to notify when to perform cleaning and parts replacement.
3SoundSet the buzzer sound.
4Energy SavingSet the period before the printer enters sleep mode.
5LCD BrightnessSet the brightness of the screen.
6Show Total CountEnable or disable the indication of the total print count.
7PasswordSet the password.
8Start on ACSet whether to power on/off the printer by powering on/off the main power source.
Regional
System > RegionalSet the display language, time zone, calendar and unit.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - System Menu - 2
1 Messages Set the display language of the LCD.
2 USB Keyboard Set the input language when you connect a USB keyboard to the printer.
3 Locale Set the locale to be used in AEP mode.
4 Unit Set the unit of length for indication.
5 Time Set the time.*You can set the time only if you have installed the optional RTC kit.
6 Date Set the date.*You can set the date only if you have installed the optional RTC kit.
7 Time Zone Set the time zone.

Messages

System > Regional > Messages

Set the display language of the LCD.

Select the display language from the list.

Messages Bahasa Indonesia Dansk Deutsch English, US ✓ Espanol Français ✓

USB Keyboard

System > Regional > USB Keyboard

Set the input language when you connect a USB keyboard to the printer. Select the input language from the list.

Note

Only Western and East European languages are supported for data input from USB keyboards.

USB Keyboard Dansk Deutsch English, IE English, UK English, US Español

Locale

System > Regional > Locale

Set the locale to be used in AEP mode.

This setting determines the format of time, dates, numbers, prices, names of weekdays, months, etc. in AEP applications.

Select the locale from the list.

Locale Bahasa Indonesia Dansk Deutsch English. US Español Français

Unit

System > Regional > Unit

Set the unit of length for indication.

The options are as follows:

  • dot
  • " (inch)
    • mm

Unit dot ✓ " mm ✓

Time

System > Regional > Time

Set the time.

You can set the time only if you have installed the optional RTC kit.

Time 1 2 : 0 0

Date

System > Regional > Date

Set the date.

You can set the date only if you have installed the optional RTC kit. The setting range is from 2000-01-01 to 2035-12-31.

*The date format is Year - Month - Date.

Date 2 0 1 4 - 0 4 - 0 1 YYYY-MM-DD

Time Zone

System > Regional > Time Zone > Region > City

Set the time zone.

First select the region from the Region list. Then select the city from the City list.

Region Africa Asia Australia Caribbean Central America Europe

City Jersey Kaliningrad Kiev Lisbon Ljubljana London

Notifications
System > NotificationsSet the function to notify the timing of cleaning and parts replacement.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Time Zone - 3
1 Clean Printhead Notify when the print head needs to be cleaned.
2 Change Printhead Notify when the print head needs to be replaced.
3 Change Cutter Notify when the cutter unit needs to be replaced.
4 Change Platen Notify when the platen roller needs to be replaced.
Clean Printhead
System > Notifications > Clean PrintheadNotify when the print head needs to be cleaned.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Time Zone - 4
1 Clean Printhead Enableor disable the notification function aboutwhen the print head needs to be cleaned.
2 Cleaning Interval Set thenotification interval about when the printhead needs to be cleaned.
3 Clean Counter Shows the current print distance.
Clean Printhead
System > Notifications > Clean Printhead > Clean PrintheadEnable or disable the notification function about when the print head needs to be cleaned.The options are as follows:Enabled: Enable the notification function.Disabled: Disable the notification function.SATO CL608NX - Time Zone - 5

Cleaning Interval

System > Notifications > Clean Printhead > Cleaning Interval

Set the notification interval about when the print head needs to be cleaned. Available to change only if you have selected Enabled in the Clean Printhead menu.

The printer shows the print distance as a setting value. The setting range is from 10 to 1000 m.

Cleaning Interval 10-1000 m 400 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Change Printhead

System > Notifications > Change Printhead

Notify when the print head needs to be replaced. The setting items are as follows:

1 Change Printhead Enable or disable the notification function about when the print head needs to be replaced.
2 Printhead Interval Set the notification interval about when the print head needs to be replaced.
3 Printhead Count Shows the current print distance.

Change Printhead Change Printhead Printhead Interval 100 km Printhead Count 0 km

Change Printhead

System > Notifications > Change Printhead > Change Printhead

Enable or disable the notification function about when the print head needs to be replaced.

The options are as follows:

- Enabled: Enable the notification function.

- Disabled: Disable the notification function.

Change Printhead Enabled Disabled 17:50

Printhead Interval

System > Notifications > Change Printhead > Printhead Interval

Set the notification interval about when the print head needs to be replaced.

Available to change only if you have selected Enabled in the Change Printhead menu.

The printer shows the print distance as the setting value.

The setting range is from 10 to 100 km.

Printhead Interval 10-100 km 100 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

Change Cutter
System > Notifications > Change CutterNotify when the cutter unit needs to be replaced.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Printhead Interval - 2
1 Change Cutter Enable or disable the notification function aboutwhen the cutter unit needs to be replaced.
2 Cutter Life Set the notification interval about when thecutter unit needs to be replaced.
3 Cutter Count Shows the current number of cuts by the cutter.
Change Cutter
System > Notifications > Change Cutter > Change CutterEnable or disable the notification function about when the cutter unit needs to be replaced.The options are as follows:Enabled: Enable the notification function.Disabled: Disable the notification function.SATO CL608NX - Printhead Interval - 3
Cutter Life
System > Notifications > Change Cutter > Cutter LifeSet the notification interval about when the cutter unit needs to be replaced.Available to change only if you have selected Enabled in the Change Cutter menu.The printer shows the cutter count as the setting value.The setting range is from 10 to 1000 Kcuts.SATO CL608NX - Printhead Interval - 4
Change Platen
System > Notifications > Change PlatenNotify when the platen roller needs to be replaced.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Printhead Interval - 5
1 Change Platen Enable or disable the notification function aboutwhen the platen roller needs to be replaced.
2 Platen Interval Set the notification interval about when theplaten roller needs to be replaced.
3 Platen Count Shows the current distance the platen roller hasfed.

Change Platen

System > Notifications > Change Platen > Change Platen

Enable or disable the notification function about when the platen roller needs to be replaced.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the notification function.
  • Disabled: Disable the notification function.

Change Platen Enabled Disabled ✓ ✓

Platen Interval

System > Notifications > Change Platen > Platen Interval

Set the notification interval about when the platen roller needs to be replaced.

Available to change only if you have selected Enabled in the Change Platen menu.

The printer shows the fed distance as the setting value.

The setting range is from 10 to 100 km.

Platen Interval 10-100 km 100 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 X 7 8 9 - 0 - ✓

Sound

System > Sound

Set the buzzer sound.

The setting item is as follows:

1 Error Sound Set the buzzer volume for the error sound.

Sound Error Sound Medium

Error Sound

System > Sound > Error Sound

Set the buzzer volume for the error sound.

The options are as follows:

  • Off: Mute the sound.
  • Low: Low volume.
    • Medium: Medium volume.
    • High: High volume.

Error Sound Off Low Medium High

Energy Saving
System > Energy SavingThe setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Error Sound - 2
1 Sleep Timeout Set the period before the printer enters sleep mode.
Sleep Timeout
System > Energy Saving > Sleep TimeoutSet the period before the printer enters sleep mode.The setting range is from 0 to 60 minutes.SATO CL608NX - Error Sound - 3
NoteThe sleep function is disabled if you set to 0.This setting is disabled ifExternal I/O on page 155is set to Enable.
LCD Brightness
System > LCD BrightnessSet the brightness of the screen.The setting range is from 0 to 9.0 is the darkest and 9 is the brightest.Press the right soft button to complete the setting.SATO CL608NX - Error Sound - 4
NoteThe printer has a built-in energy saving function, which will decrease the brightness of the screen when you have not operated the printer for a period.

Show Total Count

System > Show Total Count

Enable or disable the indication of the total print count.

If set to Enabled, the total print count shows on both the Online and Offline screens.

The number in the brackets to the right of "QTY" on the Online and Offline screens is the total print count.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the indication of the total print count.
  • Disabled: Disable the indication of the total print count.

Note

Shows the total print count from the time the printer is on until it is off. When you power off the printer, the count resets to 0.

Show Total Count Enabled Disabled

Password

System > Password

The setting items are as follows:

1 Password Enable Enable or disable the password setting.

2 Install Security Enable or disable the password input for the package file download.

3 Change Password Change the password.

Password Password Enable Install Security Disabled Change Password >

Password Enable

System > Password > Password Enable

Enable or disable the password setting.

If you have set the password to Enabled, the printer requires you to enter the password set in the Password screen before you enter the Settings menu.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the password setting.
  • Disabled: Disable the password setting.

Note

The default password is 0310. You can change the password in Password > Change Password > level1.

Password Enable Enabled Disabled ✓

Install Security

System > Password > Install Security

Enable or disable the password input for installing the pkg file to the printer.

If you have set the password to Enabled, the printer requires you to enter the password set in the Password screen before you can download the package file.

The options are as follows:

  • Disabled: No password is required to install a pkg file.
  • USB: Password is required to install a pkg file from the USB memory.
  • Always: Password is required to install a pkg file from the USB memory or downloaded from computer.

Note

The password used for installing a pkg file can be any passwords set in the System > Password.

Contact a SATO reseller or technical service center for more information of the pkg file.

Install Security Disabled USB Always

Change Password

System > Password > Change Password

Change the password.

You can enter 4 to 32 characters including alphabet (capital and small letters), numbers and symbols.

The setting items are as follows:

  • admin: This is the setting item for factory.
    Strictly for SATO authorized personnel use.
  • manager: The password for accessing the Service menu.
    Strictly for SATO authorized personnel use.
    • level1: The password for accessing the Setting menu.
  • rfid: This is the setting item for factory.
    Strictly for SATO authorized personnel use.

Change Password admin > manager > level1 > rfid >

Note

The admin, manager and rfid passwords are for factory and maintenance personnel. You cannot change these passwords.

Change Password

Reset Passwords

If you have forgotten the customized password, you can reset it back to the default password.

  1. Power off the printer.

  2. Press and release the ⏻ power button while pressing and holding the ➕ back button, ◀ and ▶ buttons simultaneously until the online/offline screen shows. All the passwords are reset to default passwords.

Note

This key sequence allows users to access the settings menu with the default passwords as a temporary solution.

After accessing the settings menu with the default password, you must customize the password again.

Start on AC

System > Start on AC

Set whether to power on/off the printer by powering on/off the main power source.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Power on/off the printer by powering on/off the main power source.
  • Disabled: Power on/off the printer by pressing the ⏻ power button of the printer.

CAUTION

  • Do not repeatedly power on and off the printer.
  • If you power the main power source off and then on again quickly, the printer may not be powered on because it is still in the powering off process. In such a case, press the power button to power on the printer.
  • Do not power off the printer during operation, such as when printing or updating. Doing so could cause a malfunction of the printer.
  • Do not disconnect the power cord until the powering off process is completed on the printer.
  • An incorrect power on/off operation may damage the printer settings. In such a case, the printer settings are reset to their default values.

Start on AC Enabled Disabled

4.4.6 Tools Menu

In the Tools menu, there are setting items as follows:

Tools
1 Test Print Perform a test print.SATO CL608NX - Tools Menu - 1
2HEX-DumpSave the hex dump print data or dump data from the receive buffer to the USB memory.
3ResetInitialize the configuration or counter of the printer.
4ProfilesUtilize the printer configurations as profiles.
5ServiceThese are the setting items for service. Strictly for SATO authorized service personnel use.
6FactoryThese are the setting items for factory. Strictly for SATO factory personnel use.
7CertificatesSet the wireless LAN authentication.* Available only if you have installed the USB memory.
8Barcode ReaderSet the barcode check function using a barcode verifier.
9CloneCopy the current printer settings and data to the USB memory.* Available only if you have installed the USB memory.
10Startup GuideEnable or disable the startup guide.
Test Print
Tools > Test PrintPerform a test print.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Tools Menu - 2
1 Factory Perform the factory test print.
2 Configure List Print the configuration information of the printer.
3 Configure QR Print the configuration information with a QR code.
4 Paper Sensor Print the detection result of the media sensor level.
Factory
Tools > Test Print > FactoryPerform the factory test print.1. Check and set the items as listed on the Factory menu.2. Press the right soft button to start the test print. Press the right soft button again to pause the print.To stop the test print, first pause the print and then press the ➕ button.The setting items are as follows.SATO CL608NX - Tools Menu - 3
1 Label Width Shows thenecessary media width of the test print.The necessary media width is 101.6 mm (4") for Large.
2 Pitch Set the print position in the vertical direction.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots609 dpi: -90 to 0 to 90 dots203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dotsWhen you decrease the setting value, the print position moves in the feed direction (toward the front part of the media).When you increase the setting value, the print position moves opposite the feed direction (toward the end part of the media).NoteThe value of Pitch, Offset and Darkness Adjust set in the Factory menu will reflect to the same item settings in the Configure List menu, Configure QR menu and Paper Sensor menu.
3 Offset Set the stop position of the media.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots609 dpi: -90 to 0 to 90 dots203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots when you decrease the setting value, the stop position moves in the feed direction (toward the front part of the media).When you increase the setting value, the stop position moves opposite the feed direction (toward the end part of the media).
4 Darkness Adjust Fine tune the print darkness of the test print.0 is the lightest and 99 is the darkest.
Configure List
Tools > Test Print > Configure ListPrint the configuration information of the printer.1. Check and set the items as listed on the Configure List menu.2. Press the right soft button to start the test print. Press the right soft button again to pause the print.To stop the test print, first pause the print and then press the ∨ button.The setting items are as follows.SATO CL608NX - Tools Menu - 4
1 Label Width Shows the necessary media width of the test print.The necessary media width is 50.8 mm (2") for Small.
2 Label Length Set the length of one piece of the media used for the test print.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: 400 to 1600 dots305 dpi: 600 to 2400 dots609 dpi: 1200 to 4800 dots203 dpi: 400 to 1600 dots305 dpi: 600 to 2400 dotsNoteThe value of Label Length, Pitch, Offset and Darkness Adjust set in the Configure List menu will reflect to the same item settings in the Factory menu, Configure QR menu and Paper Sensor menu.
3 Pitch Set the print position in the vertical direction.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots609 dpi: -90 to 0 to 90 dots203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dotsWhen you decrease the setting value, the print position moves in the feed direction (toward the front part of the media).When you increase the setting value, the print position moves opposite the feed direction (toward the end part of the media).
4 Offset Set the stop position of the media.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots609 dpi: -90 to 0 to 90 dots203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dotsWhen you decrease the setting value, the stop position moves in the feed direction (toward the front part of the media).When you increase the setting value, the stop position moves opposite the feed direction (toward the end part of the media).
5 Darkness Adjust Fine tune the print darkness of the test print.0 is the lightest and 99 is the darkest.
Configure QR
Tools > Test Print > Configure QRPrint the configuration information with a QR code.1. Check and set the items as listed on the Configure QR menu.2. Press the right soft button to start the test print. Press the right soft button again to pause the print.To stop the test print, first pause the print and then press the ➕ button.The setting items are as follows.SATO CL608NX - Tools Menu - 5
1 Label Width Shows thenecessary media width of the test print.The necessary media width is 50.8 mm (2") for Small.
2 Label Length Set the length of one piece of the media used for the test print.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: 400 to 1600 dots305 dpi: 600 to 2400 dots609 dpi: 1200 to 4800 dots203 dpi: 400 to 1600 dots305 dpi: 600 to 2400 dotsNoteThe value of Label Length, Pitch, Offset and Darkness Adjust set in the Configure QR menu will reflect to the same item settings in the Factory menu, Configure List menu and Paper Sensor menu.
3 Pitch Set the print position in the vertical direction.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots609 dpi: -90 to 0 to 90 dots203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dotsWhen you decrease the setting value, the print position moves in the feed direction (toward the front part of the media).When you increase the setting value, the print position moves opposite the feed direction (toward the end part of the media).
4 Offset Set the stop position of the media.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots609 dpi: -90 to 0 to 90 dots203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots when you decrease the setting value, the stop position moves in the feed direction (toward the front part of the media).When you increase the setting value, the stop position moves opposite the feed direction (toward the end part of the media).
5 Darkness Adjust Fine tune the print darkness of the test print.0 is the lightest and 99 is the darkest.
Paper Sensor
Tools > Test Print > Paper SensorPrint the detection result of the media sensor level.1. Check and set the items as listed on the Paper Sensor menu.2. Press the right soft button to start the test print. Press the right soft button again to pause the print.To stop the test print, first pause the print and then press the ➔ button.The setting items are as follows.SATO CL608NX - Tools Menu - 6
1 Label Width Shows thenecessary media width of the test print.The necessary media width is 101.6 mm (4") for Large and 50.8 mm (2") for Small.
2 Label Length Set the length of one piece of the media used for the test print.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: 400 to 1600 dots305 dpi: 600 to 2400 dots609 dpi: 1200 to 4800 dots203 dpi: 400 to 1600 dots305 dpi: 600 to 2400 dotsNoteThe value of Label Length, Pitch, Offset and Darkness Adjust set in the Paper Sensor menu will reflect to the same item settings in the Factory menu, Configure List menu and Configure QR menu.
3 Pitch Set the print position in the vertical direction.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots609 dpi: -90 to 0 to 90 dots203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dotsWhen you decrease the setting value, the print position moves in the feed direction (toward the front part of the media).When you increase the setting value, the print position moves opposite the feed direction (toward the end part of the media).
4 Offset Set the stop position of the media.The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer.The setting range is as follows:203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dots609 dpi: -90 to 0 to 90 dots203 dpi: -30 to 0 to 30 dots305 dpi: -45 to 0 to 45 dotsWhen you decrease the setting value, the stop position moves in the feed direction (toward the front part of the media).When you increase the setting value, the stop position moves opposite the feed direction (toward the end part of the media).
5 Darkness Adjust Fine tune the print darkness of the test print.0 is the lightest and 99 is the darkest.
HEX-Dump
Tools > HEX-DumpSave the hex dump print data or dump data from the receive buffer to the USB memory.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Tools Menu - 7
1 Hex Dump Mode Enable or disable the Hex Dump mode.
2 Buffer Dump Save the receive buffer data to the printer.
3 Log Files Manage the log files of the printer.

Hex Dump Mode

Tools > HEX-Dump > Hex Dump Mode

Enable or disable the Hex Dump mode.

If you set the Hex Dump mode to Enabled, the printer prints the received data and at the same time creates a file of the received data inside "hexdump/".

When you return the setting to Disabled, you can check the file on the screen.

Note

  • If you set the Hex Dump mode to Enabled, the design of the online/offline screen changes.
  • You can save a maximum of ten received data files for each type of interface. Depending on the file size, the number of files you can save will be less than ten.
  • The details of the files created inside "hexdump/" are as follows:
    • BT00xx.bin: Received data through Bluetooth.
    • LAN00xx.bin: Received data through LAN.
    • LPT00xx.bin: Received data through IEEE1284.
    • SCI00xx.bin: Received data through RS-232C.
  • USB00xx.bin: Received data through USB.
  • WIFI00xx.bin: Received data through Wi-Fi.

Hex Dump Mode Enabled Disabled

Buffer Dump

Tools > HEX-Dump > Buffer Dump

Save the receive buffer data to the printer.

Available only if you have set to Disabled in the Hex Dump Mode menu. Press the START (right soft) button on the startup screen to save the data to the printer.

Save the receive buffer data to "buff/".

Note

  • The data files of the receive buffer are created for each type of interface.
  • The details of the file created inside "buff/" are as follows:
    • BT0001.bin: The contents of the receive buffer for Bluetooth.
    • LAN0001.bin: The contents of the receive buffer for LAN.
    • LPT0001.bin: The contents of the receive buffer for IEEE1284.
    • SCI0001.bin: The contents of the receive buffer for RS-232C.
  • USB0001.bin: The contents of the receive buffer for USB.
  • WIFI0001.bin: The contents of the received buffer for Wi-Fi.
  • If you perform the Buffer Dump again, the existing file will be overwritten.

Buffer Dump Press 'START' to begin buffer dump. START

Log Files
Tools >HEX-Dump >Log FilesThe setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Note - 2
1 Copy Copy the log filesof the printer to the USB memory.* Available only if you have installed the USB memory.
2 Remove Delete the logfiles of the printer.
3 Print Print a hex dumpof the log files of the printer.

Copy

Tools > HEX-Dump > Log Files > Copy

Copy the log files of the printer to the USB memory.

Available only if you have installed the USB memory.

The procedure to copy the log files is as follows:

  1. Select the file type to copy and press the
    button.
  2. buff/: The buffer data saved after you perform the Buffer Dump.
  3. hexdump/: The received data created through Hex Dump Mode.

SATO CL608NX - Copy - 1

  1. Select the file to copy and press the on the right side of the file name.

SATO CL608NX - Copy - 2

button. A checkmark shows

  1. After you select the file, press the right soft button to copy the selected file to the USB memory.

CAUTION

Be sure to perform a virus check for the USB memory before connecting it to the printer. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for a malfunction of the printer caused by a virus infection through the USB memory.

Note

When Hex Dump Mode is set to Enabled, it may take some time before the files are shown.

Copy buff/ hexdump/

Copy buff/ BT0001.bin LAN0001.bin LPT0001.bin SCI0001.bin

4 Operation and Configuration

Remove

Tools > HEX-Dump > Log Files > Remove

Delete the log files of the printer.

The procedure to delete the log files is as follows:

  1. Select the file type to delete and press the button.
  2. buff/: The buffer data saved after you perform the Buffer Dump.
  3. hexdump/: The received data created through Hex Dump Mode.
  4. Select the file to delete and press the button. A checkmark shows on the right side of the file name.
  5. After you select the file, press the right soft button to delete the selected file.

Note

When Hex Dump Mode is set to Enabled, it may take some time before the files are shown.

Print

Tools > HEX-Dump > Log Files > Print

Print a hex dump of the log files of the printer.

The procedure to print the log files is as follows:

  1. Select the file type to print.
  2. buff/: The buffer data saved after you perform the Buffer Dump.
  3. hexdump/: The received data created through Hex Dump Mode.

  4. Select the file to print and press the button or right soft button to perform the dump print.

CAUTION

Printing the contents of the file may use a lot of media.

Note

When Hex Dump Mode is set to Enabled, it may take some time before the files are shown.

Reset

Tools > Reset

Enter the screen for selecting the items to be initialized.

Tools Test Print > HEX-Dump > Reset > Profiles > Service > ✓ Factory >

Select

Tools > Reset > Select

Select the items to be initialized.

The items are as follows:

1 Data Initialize the data saved in the printer.

2 Data & Settings Initialize the data and setting values of the printer.

3 Settings Initialize the setting values of the printer.

Select Data Data & Settings Settings

Data

Tools > Reset > Select > Data

Initialize the data saved in the printer.

The data to be initialized are the fonts and graphics registered in the printer.

When you select Data, the confirmation screen shows.

Press the left soft button to cancel or right soft button to perform the initialization.

The printer will reboot after reset.

Are you sure?

CAUTION

It is generally not necessary to perform the initialization. Doing so could change the print conditions.

Data & Settings

Tools > Reset > Select > Data & Settings

Initialize the data and setting values of the printer.

Select the setting items to be initialized.

The options are as follows:

  • User Reset: Initialize the data and setting values.
  • User Reset (-Interface): Initialize the data and setting values that are not included in the Interface menu.
  • Factory Reset: Initialize to the status after factory shipment.
  • Factory Reset (-Interface): Initialize the items that are not included in the Interface menu to the status after factory shipment.
  • Interface: Initialize the data and setting values in the Interface menu.
  • Printing: Initialize the data and setting values in the Printing menu.

Select the item to be initialized using the ▲buttons, then press the right soft button to perform the initialization.

The confirmation screen shows.

Press the left soft button to cancel or right soft button to perform the initialization.

The printer will reboot after reset.

Refer to Section 7.1 List of Initial Values for the initial value of each setting items.

Note

The data to be initialized are the fonts and graphics registered in the printer.

Settings User Reset User Reset (-Interface) Factory Reset Factory Reset (-Interface) Interface Printing

Are you sure?

Settings

Tools > Reset > Select > Settings

Select the setting items to be initialized.

The options are as follows:

  • User Reset: Initialize the setting values.
  • User Reset (-Interface): Initialize the setting values that are not included in the Interface menu.
  • Factory Reset: Initialize to the status after factory shipment.
  • Factory Reset (-Interface): Initialize the items that are not included in the Interface menu to the status after factory shipment.
  • Interface: Initialize the setting values in the Interface menu.
  • Printing: Initialize the setting values in the Printing menu.

Select the item to be initialized using the ▲buttons, then press the right soft button to perform the initialization.

The confirmation screen shows.

Press the left soft button to cancel or right soft button to perform the initialization.

Refer to Section 7.1 List of Initial Values for the initial value of each setting item.

Settings User Reset User Reset (-Interface) Factory Reset Factory Reset (-Interface) Interface Printing

Are you sure?

Profiles

Tools > Profiles

Maintain the customized profile of the printer configurations.

The name of the last loaded profile is shown in the parenthesis.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Delete Delete the profile of the printer.
*Not available if no profile is saved.
2 Load Load the profile of the printer.
*Not available if no profile is saved.
3 Save Save the current printer configurations as a new profile.
4 Start with Select the profile to load at printer startup.
*Not available if no profile is saved.

Profiles (1) Delete Load Save Start with

Delete

Tools > Profiles > Delete

Delete the profile of the printer.

The procedure to delete the profile is as follows:

  1. Select the profile to be deleted using the
    buttons.
  2. Press the ← button or press the right soft button to confirm. The profile name is deleted from the list.

SATO CL608NX - Delete - 1

Delete 1 2 3 4 6 7

Load

Tools > Profiles > Load

Load the profile of the printer.

The procedure to load the profile is as follows:

  1. Select the profile to be loaded using the
    buttons.
  2. Press the ← button or press the right soft button to confirm. A checkmark shows on the right side of the loaded profile name. And the name of the loaded profile is shown on the Profiles menu in parenthesis.

SATO CL608NX - Load - 1

Load 1 2 3 4 6 7

Save

Tools > Profiles > Save

Save the current printer configurations as a new profile.

The screen shows a list of the profiles saved in the printer. If no profile is saved, the screen shows an empty list.

To save existing printer configurations as a new profile, press the left soft button and enter the name of the profile.

You can enter a maximum of thirty-two characters including alphabet (upper case and lower case), numbers and symbols.

Press the right soft button to confirm.

The new profile name is shown on the list and is loaded.

Save 1 2 3 4 6 7 +

Save as a b c d e f g h i j < > k i m n o p q r s t 1 2 3 u v w x y z . - _ - Shift × @ ! ? × ✓

Start with

Tools > Profiles > Start with

Select the profile to be loaded at printer startup.

The procedure to load the profile at printer startup is as follows:

  1. Select the profile to be loaded at printer startup using the buttons.
  2. Press the
    button or press the right soft button to confirm.

SATO CL608NX - Start with - 1

SATO CL608NX - Start with - 2

Start with (none) 1 2 3 4 6

Certificates

Tools > Certificates

Install certificates used for Wi-Fi authentication and for HTTPS. Available only if you have installed the USB memory. The setting items are as follows:

1 HTTPS Installs the HTTPS certificates from the USB memory.
2 Wi-Fi Root CA Installs the Wi-Fi Root CA certificates from the USB memory.
3Wi-Fi ClientInstalls the Wi-Fi client certificates from the USB memory.
4 Wi-Fi Private Key Installs the Wi-Fi private key from the USB memory.
5 EAP-FAST PAC FileInstalls the EAP-FAST PAC file from the USB memory.

The procedure to install the certificates and PAC files is as follows:

  1. Save the certificate files to the USB thumb drive memory's root folder. Acceptable file extensions are:
    .pem, .crt, .cer, .der for Root CA and client certificate in PEM or DER format.
    .pfx and .p12 for client certificates in PKCS #12 format.
    .prv and .key for private keys in PEM/PKCS#8 format.
    .pac for PAC files.

  2. Insert the USB thumb drive memory into the USB connector (Type A).

  3. Go to the Settings > Tools > Certificates menu.

  4. Select the certificate you want to install. Refer to the table above.

  5. Select the certificate file from the list.

CAUTION

Be sure to perform a virus check for the USB memory before connecting it to the printer. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for a malfunction of the printer caused by a virus infection through the USB memory.

Certificates HTTPS Wi-Fi Root CA Wi-Fi Client Wi-Fi Private Key EAP-FAST PAC File

Wi-Fi Client root-ca2.crt user1.crt

Barcode Reader
Tools > Barcode ReaderSet the barcode check function.By connecting a barcode verifier to the USB connector (Type A) of the printer, you can verify the barcodes after printing.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 3
1 Reading Set up the barcode verifier.*Available only if you have connected the barcode verifier.
2 Checking Set the barcode de check function.
NoteIt is recommended to use the print mode other than tear-off mode with this function.A bracket should be used to ensure proper alignment and highest readability.The barcode check function supports the following code formats. Check the specification of the barcode verifier to ensure compatibility with the available code types.
Code type Available code format
1D Barcodes CODABAR(NW-7)CODE39, CODE93, CODE128JAN/EAN-13/8UPC-A/UPC-EITFIndustrial 2 of 5Matrix 2 of 5MSIGS1-128POSTNETIMB (USPS)GS1 DataBar TruncatedGS1 DataBar StackedGS1 DataBar ExpandedGS1 DataBar Expanded StackedGS1 DataBar Limited
2D Codes PDF417Micro PDF417Maxi CodeQR CodeMicro QR CodeData MatrixAztec Code
Reading
Tools > Barcode Reader > ReadingSet up the barcode verifier.Available only if you have connected the barcode verifier.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 4
1 Reader Select Shows the barcode verifier connected to the printer.
2 Reader Test Perform a test read with the connected barcode verifier.
Reader Test
Tools > Barcode Reader > Reading > Reader TestPerform a test read with the connected barcode verifier.Available only if you have connected the barcode verifier.Press the right soft button to start a test read, and check the test result displayed on the screen.SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 5
SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 6
Checking
Tools > Barcode Reader > CheckingSet the barcode check function.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 7
1 Mode Select the checkmode or disable the barcode check function.
2 Start Position Adjust thereading start position.
3 VOID Print Enable theprinter to print error marks on the media when a barcode error is detected.
4 Retry Count Set how many times the printer will try to print the same barcode after a barcode error is detected.*Shows only if you have selected Enabled in the VOID Print menu.
5 Host Notification Set whether to return the barcode check results to the host.
6 Logs Manage the barcodecheck log file saved in the printer.
Mode
Tools > Barcode Reader > Checking > ModeSelect the check mode or disable the barcode check function.The options are as follows:Disabled: Disable the barcode check function.Readable: Check if the printed barcodes are readable.Comparison: Check if the read results of the printed barcodes match the command data sent from the host.SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 8

Start Position

Tools > Barcode Reader > Checking > Start Position

Adjust the reading start position.

The barcode verifier starts reading each media after the specified length passes from the printing start position.

This setting can be used to exclude first barcode(s) from the check target when multiple barcodes are printed on each media.

The setting range varies depending on the print resolution of the printer. The setting range is as follows:

• 203 dpi: 10 to 20000 dots
• 305 dpi: 15 to 18000 dots
• 609 dpi: 30 to 9600 dots

• 203 dpi: 10 to 20000 dots
• 305 dpi: 15 to 18000 dots

Start Position 10-20000 dot 72 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 ×3 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

VOID Print

Tools > Barcode Reader > Checking > VOID Print

Enable the printer to print error marks on the media when a barcode error is detected.

This function is to prevent the distribution of defective media with a barcode error.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Error marks are printed on the media when a barcode error is detected.
  • Disabled: Do not print error marks on the media when a barcode error is detected.

Note

Printing of the VOID mark is not supported in dispenser and linerless (CL4NX only) modes.

VOID Print Enabled Disabled

Retry Count

Tools > Barcode Reader > Checking > Retry Count

Set how many times the printer will try to print the same barcode after a barcode error is detected.

Shows only if you have selected Enabled in the VOID Print menu.

The setting range is from 0 to 10.

Retry Count 0-10 0 0

Host Notification

Tools > Barcode Reader > Checking > Host Notification

Set whether to return the barcode check results to the host. The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Return the barcode check results to the host.
  • Disabled: Do not return the barcode check results to the host.

Host Notification Enabled Disabled

Logs

Tools > Barcode Reader > Checking > Logs

Manage the barcode check logs saved in the printer.

Available only if there are barcode check logs in the printer.

The log includes the operation date and time, the number of read barcodes, barcode data and their check results.

Note that new logs are overwritten on older logs when the log file reaches its maximum size (1MByte).

The setting items are as follows:

1 Copy Copy the barcodecheck log file to the USB memory.*Available only if you have installed the USB memory.

2 Remove Remove the barcode check logs.

Logs Copy Remove

Copy

Tools > Barcode Reader > Checking > Logs > Copy

Copy the barcode check log file to the USB memory.

Available only if you have installed the USB memory.

Press the right soft button to copy the log file to the USB memory.

CAUTION

Be sure to perform a virus check for the USB memory before connecting it to the printer. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for a malfunction of the printer caused by a virus infection through the USB memory.

Copy Copy barcode checking logs to the USB memory?

Remove

Tools > Barcode Reader > Checking > Logs > Remove

Delete the barcode check log file.

Press the right soft button to delete the log file.

Remove Remove barcode checking logs?

Clone

Tools > Clone

Copy the current printer settings and installed data to the USB memory. Available only if you have installed the USB memory.

Use the clone configuration when the printer will be replaced with a new printer, or when you set up multiple printers with same settings.

The options are as follows:

  • Normal: Copy the printer settings and data excluding LAN/Wi-Fi settings to the USB memory. It is useful when you set up multiple printers already configured for network with same printer settings.
  • Normal (+LAN/Wi-Fi): Copy the printer settings and data including LAN/Wi-Fi settings to the USB memory. It is useful when you take over the settings of the printer to be replaced to a new printer.

Clone Creates "clone.pkg" with settings and downloaded files Normal Normal (•LAN/Wi-Fi)

CAUTION

Be sure to perform a virus check for the USB memory before connecting it to the printer. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for a malfunction of the printer caused by a virus infection through the USB memory.

Startup Guide

Tools > Startup Guide

Enable or disable the startup guide.

The options are as follows:

  • Enabled: Enable the startup guide.
    • Disabled: Disable the startup guide.

If you have selected Enabled in the Startup Guide menu, the startup guide shows the next time you power on the printer.

Startup Guide Enabled Disabled

4.4.7 Information Menu

In the Information menu, there are setting items as follows:

Information
1 Help Shows the guidance video.SATO CL608NX - Information Menu - 1
2 Build Version Shows the firmware version.
3 Applications Shows various application versions.
4 Installation Log Shows the installation log data.*Shows only if there is a log data in the printer.
5 Print Module Shows the print module information.
6 Counters Shows the counter information.
7 IPv4 Address Shows the IPv4 address.
8 IPv6 Address Shows the IPv6 address.
9 LAN MAC Shows the MAC address of the LAN.*Shows only if the LAN interface is selected.
10 Wi-Fi MAC Shows the MAC address of the wireless LAN.*Shows only if the optional wireless LAN is installed and the Wi-Fi interface is selected.
11 Wi-Fi Region Shows the region information of the wireless LAN.*Shows only if the optional wireless LAN is installed and the Wi-Fi interface is selected.
12 Wi-Fi Status Shows the status of the wireless LAN.*Shows only if the optional wireless LAN is installed and the Wi-Fi interface is selected.
13 Wi-Fi Direct Shows the connection information of Wi-Fi Direct.*Shows only if connected using Wi-Fi Direct.
14 Wi-Fi Versions Shows the version of the wireless LAN.*Shows only if the optional wireless LAN is installed and the Wi-Fi interface is selected.

Help

Information> Help

Shows the guidance video.

You can view the video for loading the media and ribbon, the cleaning method and replacement method of consumables. For the video list and playback method, refer to Section 4.1.4 Guidance Video.

The list of videos are as follows:

1 Install Paper Shows the video for loading the media.

2 Install Ribbon Shows the video for loading the ribbon.

3 Replace Paper Shows the video for replacing the media.

4 Replace Ribbon Shows the video for replacing the ribbon.

5 Replace Head Shows the video for replacing the print head.

6 Replace Platen Shows the video for replacing the platen roller.

7 Cleaning Shows the video of the cleaning method.

Help Install Paper > Install Ribbon Replace Paper > Replace Ribbon Replace Head Replace Platen

Install Paper

Information > Help > Install Paper

Shows the video for loading the media.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Roll Shows the video for loading the media roll.

2 Fanfold Shows the video for loading the fan-fold media.

Install Paper Roll > Fanfold >

Roll
Information > Help > Install Paper > RollShows the video for loading the media roll.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Install Paper - 2
1 StandardShows the videofor loading the media roll to a standard printer.
2 CutterShows the video
3 Linerless (CL4NX only)Shows the video for loading the media roll to a printer installed with a linerless kit.
4 DispenserShows the videofor loading the media roll to a printer installed with a dispenser.
5 Dispenser with RewinderShows the video for loading the media roll to a printer installed with a dispenser and liner rewinder.
Fanfold
Information > Help > Install Paper > FanfoldShows the video for loading the fan-fold media.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Install Paper - 3
1 Standard Shows the videofor loading the fan-fold mediato a standard printer.
2 Cutter Shows the video
Replace Paper
Information > Help > Replace PaperShows the video for replacing the media.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Install Paper - 4
1 RollShows the video for replacing the media roll.
2 FanfoldShows the video for replacing the fan-fold media.
Roll
Information > Help > Replace Paper > RollShows the video for replacing the media roll.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Install Paper - 5
1 StandardShows the videofor replacing the media roll in a standard printer.
2 CutterShows the video
3 Linerless (CL4NX only)Shows the video for replacing the media roll to a printer installed with a linerless kit.
4 DispenserShows the videofor replacing the media roll in a printer installed with a dispenser.
5 Dispenser with RewinderShows the video for replacing the media roll in a printer installed with a dispenser and liner rewinder.
Fanfold
Information > Help > Replace Paper > FanfoldShows the video for replacement of fan-fold media.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - Install Paper - 6
1 Standard Shows the videofor replacing the fan-foldmedia in a standard printer.
2 Cutter Shows the videofor replacing the fan-foldmedia in a printer installed with a cutter.
Build Version
Information > Build VersionShows the information and version of this printer.SATO CL608NX - Install Paper - 7
1 Name Shows the name of the build version.
2 Date Shows the build date.
3 Checksum Shows the checksum of the build version.
4 Kernel Version Shows the kernel version.
5 Boot Version Shows the boot version.

Kernel Version

Information > Build Version > Kernel Version

Shows the kernel version of this printer.

Kernel Version Linux K... 3.4.43:WR5.0.1-13_standard

Boot Version

Information > Build Version > Boot Version

Shows the boot version of this printer.

The setting items are as follows:

1 Disks Shows the Disks.

2 Warp!!-mode A checked

3 Date Shows the build date of the boot version.

Boot Version Disks 8 Warp!!-mode ✓ Date 20140915 153955 GMT

Applications

Information > Applications

Shows the versions of the installed applications in the printer, such as printer languages.

Applications AEP-1.0.2-r2 AS-1.0.3-r4 FONT-1.1.0-r1 gui-1.7.0-r1 7 g020be3a INTERFACE-1.0.2-r1 SBPL-2.1.0-r2

Installation Log

Information > Installation Log

Show or clear the installation log data in this printer. The setting items are as follows:

1 RPM Log Shows the RPM log data.
2 System Restore Shows the system restore log data.

Press CLEAR to clear the selected log data.

Note

This screen is not shown if there is no log data in the printer.

Installation Log RPM log System Restore CLEAR

RPM Log

Information > Installation Log > RPM Log

Shows a list of RPM log files containing three sections: installed, updated and obsolete.

The RPM log file is created after installing a pkg-file containing rpm-files.

Press the right soft button to clear the selected RPM log file.

SEPL_u08-1.0.0-r7.pkg -installed SEPL-1.0.0-r7 -updated- libArkBitmap 1.1.0 r1 -eep.rpm.ext- Sstatus-3.3.3-r2

System Restore

Information > Installation Log > System Restore

Shows the system restore log.

The system restore log file is created after installing a pkg-file that incurs the inability to operate the printer LCD.

Fw Recovery Fri Nov 14 17:11:31 CET 2014

Print Module
Information > Print ModuleShows the information about the print module of this printer.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - System Restore - 2
1 Boot Shows the Boot firmware version.
2 Main Shows the Main firmware version.
Boot
Information > Print Module > BootSATO CL608NX - System Restore - 3
1 Name Shows the Boot firmware version.
2 Release Date Shows the Boot firmware release date.
3 Checksum Shows the Boot firmware checksum.
Main
Information > Print Module > MainSATO CL608NX - System Restore - 4
1 Name Shows the Main firmware version.
2 Release Date Shows the Main firmware release date.
3 Checksum Shows the Main firmware checksum.
Counters
Information > CountersShows the counter information of this printer.The setting items are as follows:SATO CL608NX - System Restore - 5
1 HeadShows the headcounter information of this printer.
2 CutterShows the currentnumber of cuts.
CAUTIONOnly SATO authorized service personnel are permitted to clear the counter.
Head
Information > Counters > HeadShows the head counter information of this printer.SATO CL608NX - System Restore - 6
1 LifeShows the current print distance.
2 Head1 Head 1 shows the current print distance. When you replace the print head and the counter is cleared, the value of Head 2 is shown in Head 3 and the value of Head 1 is shown in Head 2. Head 1 will start to count from 0 again.
3 Head2
4 Head3
IPv4 Address
Information > IPv4 AddressShows the IPv4 address.SATO CL608NX - System Restore - 7

IPv6 Address

Information > IPv6 Address

Shows the IPv6 address.

Note

When Wi-Fi Direct is active, this IPv6 address screen is not shown.

IPv6 Address 12:00

LAN MAC

Information > LAN MAC

Shows the MAC address of the LAN.

Shows only if LAN is the active interface.

LAN MAC C4:ED:BA:8C:4B:E5

Wi-Fi MAC

Information > Wi-Fi MAC

Shows the MAC address of the wireless LAN.

Shows only if you have installed the optional wireless LAN and Wi-Fi is the active interface.

Wi-FI MAC 00:80:92:5B:1B:D2

Wi-Fi Region

Information > Wi-Fi Region

Shows the region information of the wireless LAN.

Shows only if you have installed the optional wireless LAN and Wi-Fi is the active interface.

Wi-Fi Region United States

Wi-Fi Status

Information > Wi-Fi Status

Shows the status of the wireless LAN.

Shows only if you have installed the optional wireless LAN and Wi-Fi is the active interface.

Wi-FI Status State: Completed BSSID: ae7c:91:5b:d3:92 RSSI: -96 dBm Frequency: 2437 MHz Link Speed: 6 Mbps TX Power: 13 dBm

Wi-Fi Direct

Information > Wi-Fi Direct

Shows the connection information of Wi-Fi Direct.

Shows only if Wi-Fi Direct is the active interface and you are connected using Wi-Fi Direct.

Wi-Fi Direct SSID DIRECT OP SATO_PRINTER Role GO Device Address 00:80:92:5b:1brea IP Address Passphrase rB3bc0QA

Wi-Fi Versions

Information > Wi-Fi Versions

Shows the version of the wireless LAN.

Shows only if you have installed the optional wireless LAN.

Wi-Fi Versions cfg80211 v0.21_S3 ath6kl_sdio 3.4.0.158 Firmware 3.4.158.13 ROM 3.0.0.1410 HW 2.1.1

4.5 Web Configuration

The printer can be operated through a web configuration page using any browser.

With an Ethernet LAN or WLAN connection, users can remotely get information from the printer or perform the printer configuration.

You need the printer IP address to access the web configuration page. Refer to Section 4.4.7 Information Menu for the printer IP address.

If the printer IP address is 192.168.143.123, open up browser and enter the following URL:

https://192.168.143.123

When a security certificate is prompted, you must acknowledge and click Continue.

The web configuration page will be shown as follows.

On the upper right of each page, the model name, current resolution and MAC address are shown.

4.5.1 Dashboard

The Dashboard, which consists of smaller sections, is the default page of WebConfig. Each section shows specific information or status of the printer.

You can view Dashboard and Certificates pages without logging in.

However, login is required to view Settings and Tools pages.

Printer Status shows the current state (online, offline error) and current status icons.

Printing shows the print speed, darkness, sensor, print mode and backfeed setting.

Device shows the model, current resolution and options that are installed.

Ceaseless Creativity for a Sustainable World Dashboard Settings Tool Certificates Model: SU TO CL4NX Resolution: 203 dpi (8 dpmm) MAC Address: 00:80:92:50:9E:86 Login Printer Status Offline Printing Speed: 6 ips Darkness Range: A Darkness: 5 Sensor Type: Gap Print Mode: Tear-Off Backfeed: Before Device Model: CL4NX 203dpi Resolution: 203 dpi (8 dpmm) Serial Number: PCB Serial Number: Installed Options: Bluetooth, Ext I/O, WLAN Network IPv4 Address: 1.6.0-r5 MAC Address: 00:80:92:50:9E:86 System Firmware version: 1.6.0-r5 Uptime: 18min Contact: Name: Location: Wi-Fi Mode: Infra SSID: BSSID: Channel: 1 (2412 MHz) Wi-Fi Strength -39 dBm Network shows the current IP address and MAC address of the active interface. System shows the current firmware version, uptime, SNMP contact, name and location. This information are shown only if Wi-Fi is available and active. Wi-Fi Strength is not shown if the printer is P2P GO.

4.5.2 Settings

Login is required to view this page. Click Login and then enter the correct password to log in. The default password for the username settings is 0310.

Model: SATO CL4NX Resolution: 203 dpi (8 dpmm) MAC Address: 1C:BA:8C:F3:FF:E9 Login User: settings Password: **** Login © SATO Corporation. All rights reserved. | http://www.satoworldwide.com

After logging in, the following page will be shown:

Ceaseless Creativity for a Sustainable World WebConfig Model: SATO CL4NX Resolution: 203 dpi (8 dpmm) MAC Address: 1C:BA:8C:F3:FF:E9 Dashboard Settings Tools Certificates Logout Printing Imaging Advanced Interface Network IEEE1284 RS-232C USB Bluetooth External I/O Applications SBPL SZPL SIPL STCL SDPL AEP System Regional Notifications Sound Energy Saving Password Tools HEX-Dump Profiles Barcode Reader Information Build Version Print Module Counters

These six setting items are also available on the printer through the LCD screens. For details, refer to Section 4.4 Details of the Settings Menu Screen.

Click on any icon on this Settings page to perform the settings.

The following page will be shown after clicking on Printing:

Ceaseless Creativity for a Sustainable World WebConfig Model: SATO CL4NX Resolution: 203 dpi (8 dpmm) MAC Address: 1C:BA:8C:F3:FF:E9 Dashboard Settings Tools Certificates Logout Printing Label Length 20000 1-20000 dot Interface Label Width 832 1-832 dot Applications Auto Measure □ System Ribbon ✓ Tools Ribbon Near End ✓ Information Speed 6 ✓ Sensor Type Gap ✓ Auto-mode ✓ Print Mode Tear-Off ✓ Backfeed Before ✓ Darkness Range A ✓ Darkness 5 ✓ ►Imaging ►Advanced

Printing

Refer to Section 4.4.2 Printing Menu.

Interface

Refer to Section 4.4.3 Interface Menu.

Applications

Refer to Section 4.4.4 Applications Menu.

System

Refer to Section 4.4.5 System Menu.

Tools

Refer to Section 4.4.6 Tools Menu.

Information

Refer to Section 4.4.7 Information Menu.

4.5.3 Tools

Login is required to view this page. Click Login and then enter the correct password to log in as in Section 4.5.2 Settings.

The default password for the username settings is 0310.

After logging in, the following page will be shown:

Ceaseless Creativity for a Sustainable World Model: SATO CL4NX Resolution: 203 dpi (8 dpmm) MAC Address: 1C:BA:8C:F3:FF:E9 Dashboard Settings Tools Certificates Logout Upload HTTPS Certificate Clone Browse... Upload Install Package Browse... Upload Logs Wi-Fi Root CA Reset Browse... Upload Passwords Wi-Fi Private Key Test Print Browse... Upload Support Info Wi-Fi EAP-FAST PAC File Browse... Upload © SATO Corporation. All rights reserved. | http://www.satoworldwide.com

Upload

Refer to Certificates on page 213.

Clone

Refer to Clone on page 219.

Install Package

Refer to Section 2.5 Downloading Firmware of the CL4NX/CL6NX service manual.

Logs

Lists all log files in the log directory. Users can click to download the file.

Reset

Refer to Select on page 209.

Passwords

Refer to Change Password on page 197.

Test Print

Refer to Test Print on page 199.

Support Info

List various information of the printer such as attached options, serial number, application versions and settings configuration. You can also get a screenshot of the current printer display.

4.5.4 Certificates

Shows the Root Certificate authority and client certificates installed on the printer.

Ceaseless Creativity for a Sustainable World WebConfig Model: SATO CL4NX Resolution: 203 dpi (8 dpmm) MAC Address: 1C:BA:8C:F3:FF:E9 Dashboard Settings Tools Certificates Login Installed Certificates HTTPS (Pre-installed) Certificate: Data: Version: 1 (0x0) Serial Number: cc:66:4b:54:a9:35:de:6a Signature Algorithm: sha1WithRSAEncryption Issuer: C=SE, ST=Vastergotland, L=Gothenburg, O=SATO Techno Lab Europe AB Validity Not Before: Jun 17 08:49:30 2014 GMT Not After : Jun 17 08:49:30 2024 GMT Subject: C=SE, ST=Vastergotland, L=Gothenburg, O=SATO Techno Lab Europe AB Subject Public Key Info: Public Key Algorithm: rsaEncryption Public-Key: (2048 bit) Modulus: 00:ab:a9:b6:c4:35:3b:08:90:c0:b1:08:6b:db:5f: bc:a2:02:09:3e:3d:d4:55:23:0a:4d:ad:35:16:75: d1:02:1c:5c:1c:26:0e:5c:bf:1b:69:f8:69:b2:00: 77:71:e6:a4:f8:45:11:55:03:93:c5:46:c9:5d:c9: 6e:2b:d6:7c:e4:7f:60:44:0c:38:ad:cc:f7:9c:7c: d5:a1:cd:f4:38:6c:32:2c:98:40:7a:b2:97:c8:72: e0:fe:7c:2a:b3:cb:a6:da:1b:f2:af:63:d6:e9:cb: c6:d3:aa:7b:01:5e:a9:75:98:06:10:c9:a0:13:32: b2:30:7d:ac:84:00:33:f7:29:4c:48:4b:8c:f1:8d:

Note

The client certificate that is a PFX (PKCS #12) file will not be shown.

This page is intentionally left blank.

5

Cleaning and Performing Printer Adjustments

5.1 Maintenance

A dirty print head or platen roller not only affects the print quality but also causes errors. Use a cleaning kit or cleaning sheet to clean the printer regularly.

SATO CL608NX - Maintenance - 1

CAUTION

  • Do not touch the power button, connect or disconnect the power cord while your hands are wet. Doing so could cause an electric shock.
  • Disconnect the power cord from the AC outlet before you begin cleaning.
    The print head and its surroundings are hot after printing. Wait until the printer cools down.
  • Touching the edge of the print head with your bare hand could cause injury.
  • Be careful not to touch the cutter blade when cleaning the printer.
  • Use a cleaning pen, cotton swab or cotton cloth from a cleaning kit to clean. Do not clean with a hard object. Doing so could cause damage.
  • Remove the media and ribbon before cleaning.

SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 1

CAUTION for CL4NX only (if installed with linerless kit)

  • Open the print head if the printer is not used for printing for more than one day. Paper jam might occur the next time when you print if the print head is closed for a long period with linerless label loaded.
  • When loading linerless label, make sure that the front end of the media extends about 3 cm (1.18") out the media discharge outlet.

Note

You can purchase a cleaning kit or cleaning sheet from a SATO reseller or technical service center.

5.2 Maintenance of the Print Head and Platen Roller

Maintenance should be performed at the following regular intervals:

• After you print one media roll or print media for one hundred and fifty meters.

Use the cleaning kit to clean these parts:

  • Print head • Platen roller
    • Media sensors • Media guide

• After you print six media rolls or print media for nine hundred meters.

Use the cleaning sheet to clean these parts:

- Print head • Platen roller

Use the cleaning kit to clean these parts:

• Media route • Ribbon route

Maintenance intervals for the optional linerless kit (CL4NX only):

- After you print one media roll or whenever there is any glue residue or paper dust on the media route. Use the cleaning kit to clean these parts:

  • Print head • Media guide
    • Media sensors • Guide rollers

* There is no need of cleaning the linerless platen roller unless it is significantly soiled.

Note

The above maintenance intervals are only for reference. Perform the cleaning when necessary.

5.2.1 Maintenance using the Cleaning Kit

The maintenance procedure using the cleaning kit is as follows:

SATO CL608NX - Maintenance using the Cleaning Kit - 1

CAUTION

Never use organic solvents, such as thinner and benzine to clean the printer.

Note

For details on the cleaning kit, refer to the manual attached to the cleaning kit.

1 Make sure that the printer is in power off mode, then disconnect the power cord from the AC outlet.

2 Open the top cover.

SATO CL608NX - Open the top cover. - 1

CAUTION

Open the top cover fully to prevent accidental drop of the cover.

3

Push the head lock lever ① towards the rear to unlock the print head.

SATO CL608NX - 3 - 1

CAUTION

  • The print head and its surroundings are hot after printing. Be careful not to touch it, to avoid being burned.
  • Touching the edge of the print head with your bare hand could cause injury.

4

Remove the media and ribbon if they are already loaded.

Refer to Section 3.3 Removing the Ribbon and the reverse procedure in Section 3.5 Loading Media.

5

Clean the dirt on the print head ②, platen roller ③ and ribbon roller ④ using a cleaning pen or a cotton swab dabbed with cleaning liquid.

SATO CL608NX - 5 - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with internal components and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with numbered components for identification

6 Tilt the sensor guide lock ⑤ down and pull out the media sensor guide ⑥.

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with numbered components and directional arrows indicating movement or flow.

7 Clean the bottom of the media sensor guide using the cotton cloth dabbed with cleaning liquid.

SATO CL608NX - 5 - 4

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical component with no visible text or symbols

8 Clean the media sensor ⑦ using the cotton cloth dabbed with cleaning liquid.

SATO CL608NX - 5 - 5

natural_image Technical illustration of a hand operating a mechanical device with a numbered label (7) and circular components below, no readable text or symbols present.

9 Return the media sensor guide to its original position and tilt the sensor guide lock up to the locked position.

5.2.2 Additional Procedure for the Optional Linerless Kit (CL4NX only)

1 After performing step 8 above, clean the media guide ⑧ and inner surface ⑨ that is in contact to the label edge. Use the cotton cloth dabbed with cleaning liquid to clean.

Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly with numbered parts, likely illustrating a turning or disassembly process.

2 Clean the guide rollers ^10 using the cotton cloth dabbed with cleaning liquid. Rotate the guide rollers to clean the whole areas of them.

Technical diagram showing mechanical assembly with numbered component '10' highlighted in blue box

5.2.3 Maintenance using the Cleaning Sheet

The maintenance procedure using the cleaning sheet is as follows:

1 Make sure that the printer is in power off mode, then disconnect the power cord from the AC outlet.

2 Open the top cover.

SATO CL608NX - Maintenance using the Cleaning Sheet - 1

CAUTION

Open the top cover fully to prevent accidental drop of the cover.

3 Push the head lock lever ① towards the rear to unlock the print head.

SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 1

CAUTION

• The print head and its surroundings are hot after printing. Be careful not to touch it, to avoid being burned.
- Touching the edge of the print head with your bare hand could cause injury.

4 Remove the media and ribbon if they are already loaded.

SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with internal components and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)

Refer to Section 3.3 Removing the Ribbon and the reverse procedure in Section 3.5 Loading Media.

5 Place the cleaning sheet ② between the print head and the platen roller.

Note

Align the rough side of the cleaning sheet adjacent to the print head.

SATO CL608NX - Note - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with internal components and labeled parts (no text or symbols)

6 Press the print head down until you lock the head lock lever in place.

7 Using two hands, pull the cleaning sheet away from the printer.
8 After you pull out the cleaning sheet, repeat steps 5 through 7, two or three more times.

When no more dirt appears on the cleaning sheet after you have pulled it out, stop repeating these steps.

9 Push the head lock lever ① towards the rear to unlock the print head.
10 Use a cleaning pen ③ to clean the dirt on the print head.

SATO CL608NX - Note - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with a downward arrow indicating a component (no text or symbols present)

SATO CL608NX - Note - 3

natural_image Line drawing of hands operating a mechanical device with rollers and a flat panel (no text or symbols)

Technical diagram of a vehicle engine compartment with labeled parts and structural details

5.3 Adjusting the Base Reference Point

5.3.1 About the Base Reference Point

The base reference point is the point at which one determines the print position and stop/cut/dispensing position.

The base reference point differs depending on the operation mode or media sensor you use.

SATO CL608NX - About the Base Reference Point - 1

Linerless Mode (CL4NX only) I-mark Linerless Label Feed direction Non-printable zone (5 mm / 0.2") Cut position Print position

5.3.2 Adjusting the Print Position

Set the Pitch in the Printing > Advanced > Adjustments menu to adjust the print position.

Media feed direction Print position (Print head) Gap sensor Adjustment for “+” value No adjustment Adjustment for “-” value -3.75 mm (-0.15") ~ +3.75 mm (+0.15") Setting range: 203 dpi: -30 to +30 dots 305 dpi: -45 to +45 dots 609 dpi: -90 to +90 dots 203 dpi: -30 to +30 dots 305 dpi: -45 to +45 dots

Note

The above base reference point (print position) will be the stop position when the sensor type is set to Gap sensor.

Adjust the print position using the following procedure:

1 When the printer is in online mode, press the ▶ button on the operator panel to change to offline mode.
2 Press the ← button to show the Settings menu.

3 Select Printing using the ◀/▶ buttons, then press the ◀button.

Offline 203 dpi SBPL QTY : 0 ONLINE ▶ II FEED

Settings < Printing >

4 Select Advanced > Adjustments > Pitch using the ▲ buttons, then press the ◀ button.

The Pitch screen shows.

5 Change the setting value. Press the ◀/▶/▲/▼ button to set and then press the ◀ button to enter the number to the text box.

The setting range is as follows:

203 dpi: -30 to +30 dots

305 dpi: -45 to +45 dots

609 dpi: -90 to +90 dots

203 dpi: -30 to +30 dots

305 dpi: -45 to +45 dots

Pitch -30-30 dot 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

6 Press the right soft button to save the setting value.

7 Press the ▶ button to change to offline mode.

8 Press the button again to change to online mode.

You can perform printing to check the adjusted print position.

5.3.3 Adjusting the Media Stop Position

Set the Offset in the Printing > Advanced > Adjustments menu to adjust the media stop position.

Media feed direction Cut position Print position (Print head) Adjustment for "+" value No adjustment Adjustment for "-" value -3.75 mm (-0.15") ~ +3.75 mm (+0.15") Setting range: 203 dpi: -30 to +30 dots 305 dpi: -45 to +45 dots 609 dpi: -90 to +90 dots 203 dpi: -30 to +30 dots 305 dpi: -45 to +45 dots

Note

  • The above cut reference position for printing indicates the label stop position when the media sensor is set to Gap sensor.
  • You can also adjust when the operation mode is specified to Tear-off or Dispenser.

Adjust the stop position using the following procedure:

1 When the printer is in online mode, press the ▶button on the operator panel to change to offline mode.
2 Press the ← button to show the Settings menu.

Offline 203 dpi SBPL QTY : 0 ONLINE ▶ II FEED

3 Select Printing using the ◀/▶ buttons, then press the ◀button.

Settings Printing

4 Select Advanced > Adjustments > Offset using the ▲ buttons and the ← button.

The Offset screen shows.

5 Change the setting value. Press the ◀/▶/▲/▼ button to set and then press the ◀ button to enter the number to the text box.

The setting range is as follows:

203 dpi: -30 to +30 dots

305 dpi: -45 to +45 dots

609 dpi: -90 to +90 dots

203 dpi: -30 to +30 dots

305 dpi: -45 to +45 dots

Offset -30-30 dot 0 1 2 3 < > 4 5 6 × 7 8 9 - 0 . ✓

6 Press the right soft button to save the setting value.

7 Press the ▶ button to change to offline mode.

8 Press the ▶ button again to change to online mode.

You can perform printing to check the adjusted stop position.

5.3.4 Notes on the Stop/Cut Position of Different Media

Stop position of the label in dispenser mode.

The regular position is to let the label stay about 2 ± 1 mm ( 0.08'' ± 0.04'' ) on the liner.

2.0 mm ± 1.0 mm (0.08" ± 0.04") Feed direction Stop position Dispenser bar

Cut position when using the label in cutter mode.

The regular cut position is between labels (only cut on the liner).

Do not cut on the label as the remaining adhesive on the blade will decrease the performance of the cutter.

Cut position when using the media with perforated line in cutter mode.

Do not cut on the perforated line or area from the perforated line towards you. Doing so may cause a paper jam or damage.

• Media roll

Do not cut on the perforated line or within 1 mm (0.04") from the perforated line towards you.

- Fan-fold media

Do not cut on the perforated line or within 4 mm to 25 mm (0.16" to 0.98") from the perforated line towards you.

SATO CL608NX - Cut position when using the media with perforated line in cutter mode. - 1

flowchart
graph TD
    A["Media Feed Direction"] --> B["Cut Position (I-mark Sensor)"]
    A --> C["Cut Position (Gap Sensor)"]
    D["✓"] --> E["Label"]
    F["×"] --> G["Label"]
    H["Liner"] --> I["Label"]
    J["Cut Position"] --> K["Label"]

Area not to be cut 1 mm Perforated line Area not to be cut 25 mm 4 mm Perforated line

5.4 Adjusting the Print Quality

You can adjust the print quality by adjusting the print darkness and print speed.

5.4.1 Adjustment of the Print Darkness

The adjustment procedure for the print darkness is as follows:

Note

  • You can fine tune the print darkness by setting the Darkness Adjust in the Printing > Advanced > Adjustments menu.
  • When Prioritize in the Printing > Advanced menu has been set to Commands, the data will be printed with the print darkness specified by command.
    • To adjust the print darkness while pausing the print job, refer to Section 4.1.5 How to Adjust the Print Settings During Printing.

1 When the printer is in online mode, press the ▶ button to change the printer to offline mode.

2 Press the ← button to show the Settings menu.

3 Press the ◀buttons to select Printing and then press the ◀button.

Settings Printing

4 Press the ▲ buttons to select Darkness and then press the ← button. The Darkness screen shows.

Printing Auto-mode Print Mode Continuous Backfeed None Darkness Range A Darkness 5 Imaging >

5 Press the ▲buttons to select a value.

The setting range is from 1 to 10. 1 is the lightest and 10 is the darkest.

6 Press the right soft button or ◁ button to save the value.

Darkness 1 2 3 4 5 6

7 Press the ▶ button to change to offline mode.

8 Press the button again to change to online mode.

You can perform printing to check the print quality.

5.4.2 Adjusting the Print Speed

The adjustment of the print speed not only changes the speed of printing but also affects the print quality. The setting range of the print speed varies depending on the following print resolution:

• Resolution 203 dpi (8 dots/mm): 2 to 10 (inches/sec)
• Resolution 305 dpi (12 dots/mm): 2 to 8 (inches/sec)
• Resolution 609 dpi (24 dots/mm): 2 to 6 (inches/sec)

  • Resolution 203 dpi (8 dots/mm): 2 to 10 (inches/sec)
    • Resolution 305 dpi (12 dots/mm): 2 to 8 (inches/sec)

Note

  • When Prioritize in the Printing > Advanced menu has been set to Commands, the data will be printed with the print speed specified by command.
  • To adjust the print speed while pausing the print job, refer to Section 4.1.5 How to Adjust the Print Settings During Printing.

Note (CL4NX only)

If the optional linerless kit is installed, the setting range will be from 2 to 6 ips (inches/sec) regardless of the print resolution of the printer.

The adjustment procedure for the print speed is as follows:

1 When the printer is in online mode, press the ▶button to change the printer to offline mode.

2 Press the ← button to show the Settings menu.
3 Press the ◀buttons to select Printing and then press the ◀button.

4 Press the ▲/▼ buttons to select Speed and then press the ◀button.

The Speed screen shows.

Settings < Printing >

Printing Label Length 20000 dot Label Width 832 dot Auto Measure Ribbon ✓ Ribbon Near End ✓ ✓ Speed 6 ips

5 Press the ▲buttons to select a value.
6 Press the right soft button or button to save the value.

Speed 2 3 4 5 6 7

7 Press the ▶ button to change to offline mode.
8 Press the ▶ button again to change to online mode.

You can perform printing to check the print quality.

5.5 Adjusting the Buzzer Volume

The adjustment procedure for the buzzer volume when an error occurs is as follows:

1 When the printer is in online mode, press the ▶ button on the operator panel to change to offline mode.
2 Press the ← button to show the Settings menu.
3 Press the ◀/▶ buttons to select System and then press the ◀ button.

4 Select Sound > Error Sound using the ▲/▼buttons and then press the ← button.

The Error Sound screen shows.

Settings System

Sound Error Sound Medium

5 Press the ▲buttons to set the volume.

The options are as follows:

  • Off: Mute the sound.
  • Low: Low volume.
    • Medium: Medium volume.
    • High: High volume.

6 Press the right soft button or ◀ button to save the setting.

Error Sound Off Low Medium ✓ High ✓

5.6 Adjusting the Head Pressure Balance

Print head balance refers to the equalization of pressure between the print head and the platen roller. If the print head balance is out of adjustment, the printed image will be darker on one side of the media than the other and the media will be prone to travel in the direction of greater pressure.

Left Right ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ① ② ③ ④

Setting the Criteria of the Head Pressure Balance

  • Set the head pressure according to the media thickness, including the liner.
  • Set the pressure balance according to the media width.

5.6.1 Head Pressure Setting

The adjustment procedure for the head pressure is as follows:

1 Open the top cover of the printer.
2 Find the adjustment dials ① on the top of the print head assembly as shown.
3 Turn the adjustment dials ① to match the media thickness.

Media Thickness (mm)CL4NX: 0.080-0.200CL6NX: 0.060-0.2000.200 - 0.268
Adjustment dials3 (Left and Right, CL4NX only)3 to 4 (Left and Right, CL6NX only)4 to 5 (Left and Right)
ReferenceThin paper/normal label, etc. Thick paper/tag, etc.

4 Be sure to perform the pressure balance setting as explained below, after step 3.

Note

• The factory default setting is Left ③ and Right ③.
For CL6NX dispenser model, the factory default setting is Left ④ and Right ④.
• The thickness of the media includes the liner.

5.6.2 Pressure Balance Setting

The adjustment procedure for the pressure balance is as follows:

1 Open the top cover of the printer.
2 Find the adjustment dials ① on the top of the print head assembly as shown.
3 Turn the adjustment dials ① according to the media width and set the pressure balance.

For CL4NX:

Media Width (mm)25 - 54 54 - 83 83- 131
Adjustment dialsLeft 3Right 1Left 3Right 2Left 3Right 3

*First use the dial setting for the head pressure and then adjust according to the media width. Above table shows an example when the head pressure is Left ③.

For CL6NX:

Media Width (mm)50 - 120 120 - 140 140 - 160 160 - 180
Adjustment dialsLeft 5Right 1Left 3 or 4Right 1Left 3 or 4Right 2

*First use the dial setting for the head pressure and then adjust according to the media width.

Note

The factory default setting is Left ③ and Right ③.

For CL6NX dispenser model, the factory default setting is Left ④ and Right ④.

This page is intentionally left blank.

6

Troubleshooting

This chapter explains the errors that can occur on the printer and the displays for indicating the current status.

6.1 When an Error Message Occurs

When there is an error on the printer, the error message will show on the screen.

The error message, its cause and the countermeasures are as follows:

Error
No.Message Cause Countermeasure
1001Machine errorDefective circuit board. Replacethe main board.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 1To clear the error: Power off the printer.
1003Parity errorRS-232C settings are incorrect.Adjust the interface settings correctly.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 2To clear the error: Press the Offline or ▶Button, or adjust the settings.The cable connection is incorrect.Check and connect the cable correctly.
1004Overrun errorRS-232C settings are incorrect.Adjust the interface settings correctly.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 3To clear the error: Press the Offline or ▶Button, or adjust the settings.The cable connection is incorrect.Check and connect the cable correctly.
1005Framing errorRS-232C settings are incorrect.Adjust the interface settings correctly.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 4To clear the error: Press the Offline or ▶Button, or adjust the settings.The cable connection is incorrect.Check and connect the cable correctly.
1006Buffer overflowThe size of the received data exceeds the size of the receive buffer.Do not send data that exceeds the size of the receive buffer.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 5To clear the error: Press the Offline or ▶ button.The communication settings between the printer and the host are incorrect.Set the communication between the printer and the host correctly.
Error
No.Message Cause Countermeasure
1007Head openThe print head is unlocked. Lockthe print head.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 6To clear the error:Close the printhead.The sensor for sensing theopen/close status of the printhead is defective.Replace the sensor forsensing the open/close statusof the print head.
1008Out of paperThe media is not loaded. Load themedia correctly.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 7To clear the error:Load the mediaand open/closethe print head orpress the Offlineor ▶■ button.The media is not loadedcorrectly.
The sensitivity of the mediasensor is not set correctly.Adjust the sensor level.
The media has jammed. Remove the jammed media.
The media sensor is dirty. Clean the media sensor.
The cable of the media sensoris disconnected.Connect the cable of themedia sensor correctly.
1009End of ribbonThe ribbon is not loaded. Load a new ribbon.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 8To clear the error:Load the ribboncorrectly andclose the printhead or press theOffline or ▶■button.The ribbon is damaged.
The ribbon is not loadedcorrectly.Load the ribbon correctly.
1010Media errorThe configured media sizeand loaded media size aredifferent.Check the configured mediasize and loaded media size.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 9To clear the error:Press the Offlineor ▶■utton oropen/close theprint head.The received print data islarger than the configuredmedia size.Check the print data.
The media is fed a longerdistance due to the incorrectsensor level.Adjust the sensor level.
1012Print head errorThe print elements are wornout.Change print head checkconditions to only check formissing elements in barcodesand try to adjust missingelements to white bars.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 10To clear the error:Power off orchange the headcheck conditions.
The print head is damaged. Replace the print head.
1013USB write errorSATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 11 To clear the error: Insert USB memory, remove USB memory or press the Offline or ▶ button.The USB memory is disconnected while writing.Connect the USB memory.
The copy area in the USB memory is not sufficient.Make sure that the USB memory has sufficient copy area.
Writing to the USB memory fails.Replace the USB memory.
The USB memory is not formatted.Format the USB memory.
1014USB memory fullSATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 12 To clear the error: Use USB memory with sufficient space or press the Offline or ▶ button.The space in the USB memory is not sufficient.Delete unwanted data from the USB memory.
1015Cutter errorSATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 13 To clear the error: Press the FEED button.A media jam has occurred in the cutter unit.Remove the jammed media from the cutter unit.
The cutter blade does not return to the specified position.Press the FEED button to move the cutter blade back to the specified position.
1016Cutter openSATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 14 To clear the error: Close the bracket of the cutter.The cutter-open lever is open.Close and lock the cutter-open lever.
The cable of the cutter unit is disconnected.Connect the cable of the cutter unit correctly.
The cutter open sensor is defective.Replace the cutter open sensor.
1017Command errorSATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 15 To clear the error: Press the Cancel or ▶ button.Incorrect command or parameter in the print data.Caaa: position of error occurrence: error command name cc: error codeCheck the print data.
1018RFID tag error (CL4NX only)SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 16 To clear the error: Press the Cancel button.Could not read/write to the RFID inlay.Discard this tag.
1019RFID system error (CL4NX only)RFID module is not operating correctly.Contact the technical support center for repair of the RFID module.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 17To clear the error: Power off the printer.
1020Calendar errorThe date and time of the calendar are incorrect.Check if you have installed the RTC kit or replace the RTC PCB.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 18To clear the error: Change the calendar setting, press the Offline or Button, or power off the printer.
1021BCC check errorThe BCC code of the data to be sent (one item) is incorrect.Check the data to be sent and communication settings. ▶ button: Continue printing from the print data where the BCC error occurred. Send the SUB command: Clear the BCC error and continue printing from where it stopped.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 19To clear the error: Press the ▶ button or cancel the print job.
1022Overheat errorThe temperature of the printer has exceeded its tolerance value.Stop the operation of the printer to let the temperature decrease.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 20To clear the error: Stop the operation of the printer and wait until the temperature decreases.
1023NTP errorCould not connect to the time server and set the calendar clock.Confirm that the address of the time server is correct. Confirm that there is a connection to the time server. If RTC kit is installed, the calendar can be set manually and operation resumed without NTP functionality. To check or set the clock, go to the System settings menu and set the Date and Time.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 21To clear the error: Press the Offline button or change the calendar setting.
1024Head density changedThe print head is not installed.Install the print head.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 22To clear the error: Confirm the prompted message.A new print head with a different resolution has been installed.Install a print head with the same density as the old print head.
1028Gap not foundMeandering media. Clean and adjust the media path.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 23To clear the error: Press the Offline button or open/ close the print head.The sensor type is incorrect. Use the correct sensor type.
The media sensor level is incorrect.Adjust the media sensor level.
1035I-mark not foundMeandering media. Clean and adjust the media path.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 24To clear the error: Press the Offline button or open/ close the print head.The sensor type is incorrect. Use the correct sensor type.
The media sensor level is incorrect.Adjust the media sensor level.
1046EAP authentication error (EAP failure)EAP Authentication failure. Use the correct Wi-Fi settings.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 25To clear the error: Change the Wi-Fi settings or press the Offline button.
1047EAP authentication error (EAP timeout)EAP Authentication failure. Usethe correct Access Point (AP) and authentication server settings.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 26To clear the error:Press the Offline button.
1050Bluetooth errorBluetooth module is defective.Contact the technical support center for repair of the Bluetooth module.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 27To clear the error:Confirm the prompted message.
1058CRC check errorCRC has not been added to the data.CRC does not match.Check transmitted data and interface settings.Right soft button: Continue printing from the print data where the CRC error occurred.Left soft button: Cancel the print data with the CRC error and continue printing from the next item.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 28To clear the error:Press the left or right soft button.
1066Paper jam error (CL4NX only)The media has jammed. Removethe jammed media.Load the media again.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 29To clear the error:Open the print head and load the media again.
1073Non-RFID warning (CL4NX only)With Non-RFID warning enabled and RFID tag loaded, the items received do not contain an RFID issue command.Add an RFID issue command to the print job.Disable Non-RFID warning.Replace with non-RFID label.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 30To clear the error:Press the Cancel button.
1077Barcode reader connection errorThe barcode verifier is not detected at printer startup when the barcode checking mode is enabled.Check and connect the barcode verifier correctly.
SATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 31To clear the error:Press the Offline button.
Error
No.Message Cause Countermeasure
1078Barcode reading errorSATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 32 To clear the error:Press the Offlineor Cancel button.Could not read the barcodenormally.Check the position of thebarcode verifier and settings.
1079Barcode reading errorSATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 33 To clear the error:Press the Offlinebutton.A value larger than the loadedmedia length is specified forchecking start position.Set a value smaller than theloaded media length forchecking start position.
1080Barcode comparison errorSATO CL608NX - When an Error Message Occurs - 34 To clear the error:Press the Offlineor Cancel button.The read result of the barcodedoes not match the commanddata.Check the layout for printingand barcode verifier settings.

6.1.1 More Information about Command Error

Printer motion when detecting a command error

When Show Error is set to ENABLE in Applications >SBPL, the command error information is shown on the error message (second line), and the print operation is paused.

This error can be cleared by pressing the left soft button CANCEL X, but the data in which an error is detected is discarded and cannot be printed.

Location of error occurrence

"Caaa" in the command error message shows the location of command error.

The number of ESC commands from ESC+A is shown in "aaa".

SBPL Command Error 1017 C002::Invalid parameter QTY : 1 CANCEL

Command error information

Note that the ESC+A command is not included in the number of ESC commands, which can be shown up to 999. If the number of ESC commands exceeds 999, it is shown as "999".

Example)

When a command error is detected by the Horizontal Print Position command.

----: [ESC]A

C001: [ESC]V100

C002: [ESC]H99999 => Location of the command error

C003: [ESC]L0202

C004: [ESC]M, ABCDEF

C005: [ESC]Q1

C006: [ESC]Z

In this case, C002 is the location of the error.

Error command name

The command name, in which an error is detected, is shown in ""

* A one-byte command name is left aligned.

Error description

The cause of command error will be shown in "cc" in the error message ("Caaa::cc").

Description (“cc”) Cause
Invalid command Analyzedimproper command.
Invalid parameter Receivedimproper parameter.
Command table read errorFailed to read the command table.
Invalid graphic data/custom designed dataAnalyzed improper graphic and external character data.
Invalid registration area Specified memory area (card slot) is inappropriate.Tried to write to a write-protected media.
This number is already registeredNumber specified by registration command has already been taken.
Over registration area limit Exceeded the registration area. (Memory full).
Description (“cc”) Cause
Data is not registered Data is not registered.
Printing position is out of printable areaThe specified print start position is outside the printable area.
Barcode image is out of printable areaThe printing image is outside the printable area. (Barcode only).

6.2 When the LED Lights Red/Blue

The LED will light or flash to show the current status of the printer.

The status when the LED lights or flashes is as follows:

LED Printer StatusCountermeasure
Light off. The poweris off or the printer is in offline mode.Power on the printer or change it to online mode.
Lights blue. The printeris in online mode. You can operate the printer.
Flashes blue.(At intervals of 2 seconds)The printer is in sleep mode. You can operate the printer.
Lights red. An error has occurred. Clear the error according to the message.

Note

If the printer enters sleep mode during a printer error status (LED lights red), the LED indicator will flash blue at intervals of two seconds.

6.3 Troubleshooting Table

Check the items below when the printer does not operate correctly.

SATO CL608NX - Troubleshooting Table - 1

WARNING

  • Do not touch the power button, connect or disconnect the power cord while your hands are wet. Doing so could cause an electric shock.
  • Disconnect the power cord from the AC outlet before you perform the cleaning.

Note

You can purchase a cleaning kit or cleaning sheet from a SATO reseller or technical service center.

6.3.1 No Power/Nothing on the Screen

No.What to check Countermeasure
1 Isthe power cord fully connected to the AC outlet?Connect the power cord to the AC outlet fully.
2 Isthe power cord fully connected to the printer? Connect the power cord to the AC input terminal of the printer fully.
3 Isthe power cord damaged? Replace the power cord.Contact a SATO reseller or technical service center for the specific power cord for this printer.Do not use power cords that are not designed specifically for this printer.
4 Isthere electricity at the AC outlet that supplies the power to the printer?Check if there is electricity at the AC outlet.Connect to another AC outlet.

6.3.2 Cannot Feed the Media

No.What to check Countermeasure
1Are the media and ribbon designed for the printer?Use media and ribbon designed for the printer.
2Are the media and ribbon loaded correctly? Load the media and ribbon correctly.media and ribbon correctly.
3Is the media or ribbon deformed? Use the media or ribbon that is not deformed.You cannot feed the media or ribbon that is deformed.You cannot feed the media or ribbon that is deformed.
4Is the media guide set correctly? Adjust the media guide.Adjust the sensor level.
5Is the correct sensor type set? Set the correct sensor type.
6Is the sensitivity of the sensor set correctly?
7Is the platen roller dirty?If the platen roller is dirty, clean it with the cleaning kit.For printer cleaning, refer toSection 5.2Maintenance of the Print Head and Platen Roller.
8 Isthe platen roller damaged? Replace the platen roller.
9 Does the interface operate correctly? Check the interface according to the Interface Troubleshooting.
10 Isthe data or signal sent from the computer incorrect?Power on the device again.Check the data sent from the computer and communication conditions.
11 Isthe main board defective? Replace the main board.

6.3.3 Can Feed the Media but Cannot Print

No.What to check Countermeasure
1Are the media and ribbon designed for use with the printer?Use the media and ribbon designed for the printer.
2the ribbon wound correctly. If the knob of the ribbonrewinder is not set to its initial position, remove the wound ribbon then set the knob again.
3the correct sensor type set? Set a correct sensor type.
4the print head installed correctly? Install the print head correctly.
5the pressure of the print head too strong or too weak?Adjust the pressure of the print head with the head pressure adjustment dial.
6the print head dirty or is there a label attached to it?If the print head is dirty, clean it using the cleaning pen. If a label is attached to the print head, remove it.If the glue of label is attached to the print head, clean it using a cleaning kit.Do not clean using a hard object. Doing so could cause damage to the print head.For printer cleaning, refer to Section 5.2 Maintenance of the Print Head and Platen Roller.
7the media sensor dirty? If the media sensor is dirty,clean it using the cleaning kit.For printer cleaning, refer to Section 5.2 Maintenance of the Print Head and Platen Roller.
8Does the interface operate correctly? Check the interface according to the Interface Troubleshooting.
9the data or signal sent from the computer incorrect?Power on the device again.Check the data sent from the computer and communication conditions.
10 Isthe print head defective? Replace the print head and reset the counter.
11 Isthe main board defective? Replace the main board.

6.3.4 Bad Print Quality

No.What to check Countermeasure
1Are the media and ribbon designed for use with the printer?Use media and ribbon designed for the printer.
2Are the media and ribbon loaded correctly? Check if the media and ribbon are loaded correctly.
3Is the tension of the ribbon correct? Adjust the tension of the ribbon.
4Is the print head installed correctly? Install the print head correctly.
5Is the pressure of the print head too strong or too weak?Adjust the pressure of the print head with the head pressure adjustment dial.
6Is the print speed too fast? Adjust the print speed.
7Is the print darkness too low or too high? Adjust the print darkness.
8Is the platen roller dirty?If the platen roller is dirty, clean it using the cleaning kit.For printer cleaning, refer to Maintenance.
9Is the print head dirty or is there a label attached to it?If the print head is dirty, clean it using the cleaning pen. If a label is attached to the print head, remove it.If the glue of label is attached to the print head, clean it using a cleaning kit.Do not clean using a hard object. Doing so could cause damage to the print head.For printer cleaning, refer to Section 5.2Maintenance of the Print Head and Platen Roller.
10Is the print head defective? Replace the print head and reset the counter.
11Is the platen roller damaged? Replace the platen roller.
12Is the main board defective? Replace the main board.

6.3.5 Incorrect Print Position

No.What to check Countermeasure
1Are the media and ribbon designed for use with the printer?Use media and ribbon designed for the printer.
2Are the media and ribbon loaded correctly? Check if the media and ribbon are loaded correctly.
3Is the media or ribbon deformed? Use the media or ribbon that is not deformed.You cannot feed the media or ribbon that is deformed.
4Is the print head installed correctly? Adjust the print head.
5Is the media guide set correctly? Adjust the media guide.
6Is the correct sensor type set? Set the correct sensor type.
7Is the sensitivity of the sensor set correctly?Adjust the sensor level.
8Is the offset set correctly? Adjust the offset.
9Is the pitch offset or base reference point offset set correctly?Adjust the pitch offset or base reference point offset.
10Is the platen roller dirty?If the platen roller is dirty, clean it using the cleaning kit.For printer cleaning, refer to Section 5.2 Maintenance of the Print Head and Platen Roller.
11Is the media sensor dirty?If the media sensor is dirty, clean it using the cleaning kit.For printer cleaning, refer to Section 5.2 Maintenance of the Print Head and Platen Roller.
12Is the data or signal sent from the computer incorrect?Power on the device again.Check the data sent from the computer and communication conditions.
13Is the platen roller damaged?Replace the platen roller.

6.4 Interface Troubleshooting

When an interface error occurs on the printer, check with the checklist related to that interface.

6.4.1 USB Interface

No. Item to check
1 Check that the USB cable is connected correctly.
2 Check that the cable is not damaged.
3 Check the configuration of the printer.Check the setting of the USB interface through the Settings > Interface > USB menu.
4 If there are multiple USB ports on the computer, connect to another port.
5 Disconnect other USB devices from the computer.
6 Power on the printer and computer again.
7 Install the USB driver again.

6.4.2 LAN Ethernet Interface

No.Item to check
1Check that the LAN cable is connected correctly.
2Check that the cable is not damaged.
3Check the configuration of the printer.Check the setting of the LAN Ethernet interface through the Settings > Interface > Network menu.
4Check that the allocated IP address is accessible by PING.
5Check that the power of the HUB is on.
6Check that the HUB is not defective.
7Power on the printer again.

6.4.3 Bluetooth Interface

No. Item to check
1 Check that the Bluetooth function is on.
2Check that the devices using the same frequency band, such as wireless LAN enabled devices or microwaves are not in use.
3 Check that there is no obstacle such as a metal rack between the printer and the host.
4 Check the configuration of the printer.Check the setting of the Bluetooth interface through the Settings > Interface > Bluetooth menu.
5 Power on the printer and computer again.
6 Install the Bluetooth driver again.

6.4.4 RS-232C Interface

No. Item to check
1 Check that the RS-232C cable is connected correctly.
2 Check that the cable is not damaged.
3 Check the configuration of the printer.Check the setting of the RS-232C interface through the Settings > Interface > RS-232C menu.
4 If there are multiple RS-232C ports on the computer, connect to another port.
5 Power on the printer and computer again.
6 Check that no other software is using the same RS-232C port.

6.4.5 IEEE1284 Interface

No. Item to check
1 Check that the printer cable is connected to the LPT port of the computer correctly.
2 Check that the cable is not damaged.
3 If you are using a Windows printer driver, check that the correct port is selected.
4 Check the configuration of the printer.Check the setting of the IEEE1284 interface through the Settings > Interface > IEEE1284 menu.
5 Connect to another port.
6 Power on the printer again.

6.4.6 External Signal Interface (EXT)

No. Item to check
1 Check that the printer and external device are connected with a cable correctly.
2 Check that the cable is not damaged.
3 Check that the power of the external device is on.
4 Check the configuration of the printer.Check the setting of the external signal (EXT) interface through the Settings > Interface > External I/O menu.
5 Power on the printer and external device again.

6.4.7 Wireless LAN Interface

No. Item to check
1 Check that the wireless LAN function is on.
2Check that the devices using the same frequency band, such as wireless LAN enabled devices or microwaves are not in use.
3 Check that there is no obstacle such as a metal rack between the printer and the host.
4 Check the configuration of the printer.Check the setting of the wireless LAN interface through the Settings > Interface > Network > Settings > Wi-Fi menu.
5 Power on the printer again.

This page is intentionally left blank.

7

Appendix

7.1 List of Initial Values

The initial value refers to the setting value of the printer when it was shipped from the factory. If you reset the printer, the setting values of the printer will change back to the factory default values. The tables below show the initial value of each setting item and type of reset that changes the value back to the initial value.

SATO CL608NX - List of Initial Values - 1

CAUTION

It is generally not necessary to perform the initialization. Doing so will remove all the customer settings.

7.1.1 Printing Menu

Setting Item Initial Value UserResetFactory Reset
CL4NX CL6NX
Label Length 203 dpi: 20000 dots305 dpi: 18000 dots609 dpi: 9600 dots203 dpi: 20000 dots305 dpi: 18000 dotsYes Yes
Label Width 203 dpi: 832 dots305 dpi: 1248 dots609 dpi: 2496 dotsif Head Base Position is Standard203 dpi: 1216 dots305 dpi: 1984 dots if Head Base Position is Left-justify203 dpi: 1340 dots305 dpi: 2010 dotsYes Yes
Auto Measure Disable Yes Yes
Ribbon Use Ribbon Yes Yes
Ribbon Near EndEnableYesYes
Speed203 dpi: 6 ips305 dpi: 6 ips609 dpi: 4 ipsLinerless mode: 4 ips203 dpi: 6 ips305 dpi: 6 ipsYes Yes
Sensor TypeGapNone (When Print Mode is Linerless)GapYes Yes
Auto-modeEnabledYes Yes
Setting ItemInitial ValueUser ResetFactory Reset
CL4NXCL6NX
Print ModeTear-Off (No option is installed)Cutter (If cutter is installed)Dispenser (If dispenser is installed)Linerless (If linerless kit is installed)Tear-Off (No option is installed)Cutter (If cutter is installed)Dispenser (If dispenser is installed)Yes Yes
BackfeedBefore (If Print Mode is set to Tear-Off or Linerless)After (If Print Mode is set to Dispenser or Cutter)None (If Print Mode is set to Continuous)Before (If Print Mode is set to Tear-Off)After (If Print Mode is set to Dispenser or Cutter)None (If Print Mode is set to Continuous)Yes Yes
Eject Cut 0 s Yes Yes
Darkness Range A Yes Yes
Darkness 5 Yes Yes
Imaging —
Vertical 0 dot Yes Yes
Horizontal0 dot Yes Yes
Advanced
Calibrate
Auto-calibration*1Gap + I-Mark
GAP LevelsValue adjusted by the factory.NoNo
GAP Slice LevelsAutoNoNo
I-Mark LevelsValue adjusted by the factory.NoNo
I-Mark Slice LevelAutoNoNo
Head CheckOff Yes Yes
Head Check ModeAlwaysYes Yes
Every Page1 Yes Yes
Check Media SizeDisabledYes Yes
Adjustments
Offset0 dot NoNo
Pitch0 dot NoNo
Darkness Adjust50NoNo
Start OnlineEnabledYes Yes

*1 Auto-calibration is not available for linerless models.

Setting ItemInitial ValueUser ResetFactory Reset
CL4NXCL6NX
Feed After Error Disabled Yes Yes
Feed At Power On Disabled Yes Yes
Finisher Feed 0 dot Yes Yes
Paper End Using I-mark Yes Yes
Head Base Position Standard Yes Yes
Prioritize Commands Yes Yes
Reprint Disabled Yes Yes
Print End Position0 dot Yes Yes
Label Near EndDisabled Yes Yes

7.1.2 Interface Menu

Setting Item Initial Value UserResetFactory Reset
CL4NX CL6NX
Network —
Settings —
LAN —
IPv4 —
Mode DHCP Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
DHCP —
IP Address 0.0.0.0Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Netmask255.255.255.0Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Gateway0.0.0.0Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
DNS0.0.0.0Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
IPv6 —
Mode AutoYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
DHCP —
IP Address ::Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Prefix Length64Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Gateway::Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
DNS::Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Proxy
EnabledDisabledYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
ServerYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
ExcludeYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Wi-Fi
IPv4 —
Setting ItemInitial ValueUser ResetFactory Reset
CL4NXCL6NX
Mode DHCP Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
DHCP —
IP Address 0.0.0.0 Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Netmask 255.255.255.0 Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Gateway 0.0.0.0 Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
DNS 0.0.0.0 Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
IPv6 —
Mode Auto Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
DHCP —
IP Address :: Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Prefix Length 64Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Gateway :: Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
DNS :: Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Proxy
EnabledDisabledYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
ServerYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
ExcludeYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
Wi-Fi Protected Setup
Button (PBC) —
PIN
Wi-Fi Direct
Device NameSATO_PRINTERYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
Connect
Start Group
Remove Group
Setting Item Initial ValueUserResetFactory Reset
CL4NXCL6NX
Disconnect —
SSID DIRECT-xx-SATO_PRINTER —
IP Address x.x.x.x —
Passphrase xxxxxxx—
SSID SATO_PRINTER Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Hidden SSID EnabledYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
ModeAd-hocYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Channel6Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
SecurityNoneYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
WEP Conf.
AuthenticationOpen systemYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Key Index1Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Key #1 - Key #4Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
WPA Conf.
WPA AuthenticationPersonal (PSK)Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
PSKYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
EAP Conf. —
EAP Conf.
EAP ModeFASTYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Inner MethodMSCHAPv2Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
UsernameYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
PasswordYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Anon. Outer IDYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Verify Server Cert.EnabledYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Setting ItemInitial ValueUser ResetFactory Reset
CL4NXCL6NX
Private Key P/W — Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
PAC Auto Provisioning Disabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
PAC P/W — Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Interface Auto Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Services —
Ports —
Port1 1024 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Port2 1025 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Port3 9100 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Flow Control Status4 ENQYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
BCCDisabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
NTP
EnableDisabled No Yes
ErrorDisabled No Yes
Time Server IP0.0.0.0NoYes
LPDEnabledYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
FTP
EnableDisabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
FTP Timeout300Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
SNMP
sysContact— Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
sysName— Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
sysLocation— Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Agent
Enable Disabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Read-Only —
SNMP Version 1|2c|3 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Community public Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
User rouser Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
User Security None Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Authentication ProtocolMD5 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Authentication PassphrasemypasswordYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Privacy ProtocolDESYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Privacy PassphrasemypasswordYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Read-Write
SNMP Version 1|2c|3 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Community privateYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
User rwuserYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
User Security None Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Authentication ProtocolMD5 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Authentication PassphrasemypasswordYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Privacy ProtocolDESYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Privacy PassphrasemypasswordYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Traps
Enable Disabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
SNMP Version1Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
IP Version 4 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Destinations 1 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Destination 1 0.0.0.0 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Destination 2 0.0.0.0 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Destination 3 0.0.0.0 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Community trapcom Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
User trapuser Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Engine ID Number generated from MAC address Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
SecurityNoneYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Authentication ProtocolMD5Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Authentication PassphrasemypasswordYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Privacy ProtocolDESYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Privacy PassphrasemypasswordYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Advanced
ARP Announcement
AdditionalEnabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Periodic0 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
IEEE1284
Flow ControlStatus4 MultiYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
BCCDisabledYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
RS-232C
Baudrate115200Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Parameters 8-N-1 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Flow Control STATUS4 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
BCC Disabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
USB —
Flow Control Status4 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
BCC Disabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Bluetooth —
Enable Enabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
NameSATO PRINTER_xxxxxxxxxxxxx (BD address)Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Pin Code0000Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
BD AddressxxxxxxxxxxxxYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Firm Version spp3_vX.YYYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Host BD AddrYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
AuthenticationNoneYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
ISI2048Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
ISW18Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
PSI2048Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
PSW18Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
CRC ModeDisabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Flow Control Status4 MultiYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Ignore CR/LFDisabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Ignore CAN/DLE Disabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
External I/O —
Enable Disabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Signals —
EXT 9PIN MODE1 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
EXT Mode TYPE4 Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Inputs —
Start Print PIN5Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
ReprintPIN7Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Outputs
Paper End/Paper/Ribbon End (If RFID is installed)PIN1Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Ribbon End/RFID Tag Error (If RFID is installed)PIN3Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Machine Error/Machine/RFID Error (If RFID is installed)PIN4Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Print DonePIN6Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Qty/OfflinePIN9Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Ribbon Near EndPIN10Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
DispenserOFFYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Label Near EndOFFYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
EXT I/O Re-printDisabled Yes/InterfaceYes/Interface
RFID
Antenna PitchStandardYes/InterfaceYes/Interface
Write Power 10 dBm — Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Read Power 10 dBm — Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Tag Offset 0 mm — Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Reader ModelXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Reader VersionXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
View — —
Memory BankEPC (UHF)/USER (HF)— Yes Yes
Retry Mode Retry — Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Retries 1 — Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Mark bad tagsEnabledYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
MCS
MCSDisabledYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
Chip ManufacturerIMPINJYesYes
Pre-Encoded TagDisabledYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
Assign PrefixAutoYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
MCS Prefix Digit3 bits — Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Input Prefix0Yes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
Non-RFID WarningDisabledYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
Log RFID DataDisabledYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
Data To RecordEPC and TIDYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
Output Error ModeLevel — Yes/InterfaceYes/ Interface
Pulse Length100 msYes/ InterfaceYes/ Interface
Counters
Lifetime
Setting Item Initial Value UserResetFactory Reset
CL4NXCL6NX
Count Success 000000 — No Yes
Count Failure 000000 — No Yes
Count Total 000000 — No Yes
User — —— —
Count Success 000000 — Yes Yes
Count Failure 000000 — Yes Yes
Count Total 000000 — Yes Yes

7.1.3 Applications Menu

Setting Items Initial Value UserResetFactory Reset
CL4NX CL6NX
Protocol AUTO Yes Yes
SBPL —
Show Error Disabled Yes Yes
Standard Code Enabled Yes Yes
Orientation Portrait Yes Yes
Font Settings
Zero SlashEnabledYes Yes
Kanji
Kanji SetGB18030Yes Yes
Character CodeGB18030Yes Yes
Kanji Style GothicYes Yes
ProportionalEnabled Yes Yes
Code Page858Yes Yes
d5YesYes
Compatible
CODE128(C) Zero FillDisabled Yes Yes
Kanji CommandDisabled Yes Yes
Call Font/LogoDisabled Yes Yes
SZPL
Label
Shift0 dotYes Yes
Top0 dotYes Yes
Caret94 (^)Yes Yes
Delimiter44 (,)Yes Yes
Tilde126 (~)Yes Yes
Clock Format(none)Yes Yes
SIPL
Font Settings
Code Page1252Yes Yes
c20 Proportional PitchDisabled Yes Yes
0 SlashDisabled Yes Yes
Format SaveEnabled Yes Yes
Setting ItemsInitial ValueUser ResetFactory Reset
CL4NXCL6NX
STCL —
Command Head —
Control Code Auto Yes Yes
1st Byte Code 27 Yes Yes
2nd Byte Code 10 Yes Yes
3rd Byte Code 0 Yes Yes
Font Settings —
Zero Slash Disabled Yes Yes
d5YesYes
Code Page850Yes Yes
SDPL
Control Code —
Code Type StandardYes Yes
SOH01 Yes Yes
STX02 Yes Yes
CR0DYes Yes
CNTBY5EYes Yes
Label RotationDisabled Yes Yes
Format AttributeXORYes Yes
Pause ModeDisabled Yes Yes
SOP EmulationAuto Yes Yes
1 Byte CodepageCP 850Yes Yes
SDPL Measure UnitInchYes Yes
Compatible Mode —
TTFDisabled Yes Yes
AEP
EnableDisabled No Yes
Start ApplicationStandard (rom/standalone/sa.lua)NoYes

7.1.4 System Menu

Setting Item Initial Value UserResetFactory Reset
CL4NX CL6NX
Regional —
Messages English, US Yes Yes
USB Keyboard English, US Yes Yes
Locale English, US Yes Yes
Unit dot Yes Yes
Time 00:00No No
Date(2000-01-01)NoNo
Time ZoneYesYes
RegionEuropeYes Yes
City LondonYes Yes
Notifications
Clean Printhead
Clean PrintheadDisabledYes Yes
Cleaning Interval400 mYes Yes
Change Printhead
Change PrintheadDisabledYes Yes
Printhead Interval100 kmYes Yes
Change Cutter
Change CutterDisabledYes Yes
Cutter Life1000 KcutsYes Yes
Change Platen —
Change PlatenDisabledYes Yes
Platen Interval100 kmYes Yes
Sound
Error SoundMediumYes Yes
Energy Saving
Sleep Timeout60 minYes Yes
LCD Brightness7NoYes
Show Total CountDisabledYes Yes
Password —
Password EnableDisabledNoYes
Install SecurityDisabledNoYes
Start on AC Disabled No Yes

7.1.5 Tools Menu

Setting Item Initial Value UserResetFactory Reset
CL4NX CL6NX
Test Print —
Factory —
Label Width Large —
Pitch0 dotNo
Offset0 dotNo
Darkness Adjust 50No No
Configure List
Label Width Small— —
Label Length203 dpi: 800 dots305 dpi: 1200 dots609 dpi: 2400 dots203 dpi: 800 dots305 dpi: 1200 dotsYesYes
Pitch0 dotNo
Offset0 dotNo
Darkness Adjust 50No No
Configure QR
Label Width Small— —
Label Length203 dpi: 800 dots305 dpi: 1200 dots609 dpi: 2400 dots203 dpi: 800 dots305 dpi: 1200 dotsYesYes
Pitch0 dotNo
Offset0-dotNo
Darkness Adjust 50No No
Paper Sensor
Label Width Small— —
Label Length203 dpi: 800 dots305 dpi: 1200 dots609 dpi: 2400 dots203 dpi: 800 dots305 dpi: 1200 dotsYesYes
Pitch0 dotNo
Offset0dotNo
Darkness Adjust 50
Hex Dump ModeDisabledYesYes
Reset
Setting ItemInitial ValueUser ResetFactory Reset
CL4NXCL6NX
Profiles —
Delete —
Load —
Save —
Start with — Yes Yes
Certificates — Yes/InterfaceYes
Barcode Reader —
Checking —
Mode Disabled Yes Yes
Start Position203 dpi: 72 dots305 dpi: 108 dots609 dpi: 216 dots203 dpi: 72 dots305 dpi: 108 dotsYes Yes
VOID PrintDisabled Yes Yes
Retry Count0YesYes
Host NotificationDisabled Yes Yes
Logs —
Copy
Remove
CloneNormalNoNo
Startup GuideEnabledNoYes

7.1.6 Information Menu

Setting Item Initial Value UserResetFactory Reset
CL4NX CL6NX
Help —
Build Version —
Applications —
Installation Log —
Print Module —
Counters —
Head —
Life Measured value NoNo
Head 1Measured value NoNo
Head 2Measured value NoNo
Head 3Measured value NoNo
Cutter0NoNo

7.2 Media Sensor Positions and Media Stop Positions

The media stop positions with the media sensor and various operation modes are as follows:

Media stop position in dispenser mode Media stop position in cutter mode Media stop position in tear-off mode 19.0 mm (0.7") 20.3 mm (0.8") 23.5 mm (0.9") Print head 61.8 mm (2.4") Media feed direction Gap sensor I-mark sensor 6.3 mm ~ 59.6 mm (0.2" ~ 2.3") RFID mode: 0.3 mm ~ 53.6 mm (0.01" ~ 2.1") 8.0 mm ~ 73.0 mm (0.32" ~ 2.9") 13.3 mm ~ 66.6 mm (0.5" ~ 2.6") RFID mode: 7.3 mm ~ 60.6 mm (0.3" ~ 2.4") 25.0 mm ~ 90.0 mm (1.0" ~ 3.5") Frame

SATO CL608NX - Media Sensor Positions and Media Stop Positions - 2

CAUTION

For the CL4NX RFID model, the position of the I-mark sensor becomes 0.3 mm at minimum when the position of the gap sensor is adjusted to around 7.3 mm. Because of this, the paper end may be frequently detected when Paper End in the Printing > Advanced menu is set to Using I-mark (the default), affected by meandering of the media or other causes. When you have adjusted the position of the Gap sensor to around 7.3 mm, change Paper End to Using Gap.

7.3 Replacing the Print Head

You can easily remove and replace a damaged or worn print head.

SATO CL608NX - Replacing the Print Head - 1

WARNING

  • Do not touch the power button, connect or disconnect the power cord while your hands are wet. Doing so could cause an electric shock.
  • Disconnect the power cord from the AC outlet before you replace the print head.
  • Wear gloves before replacing the print head, to prevent damage to the print head.

1

Make sure that the printer is in power off mode, then disconnect the power cord from the AC outlet.

2

Open the top cover.

SATO CL608NX - 2 - 1

CAUTION

Open the top cover fully to prevent accidental drop of the cover.

3

Push the head lock lever ① towards the rear to unlock the print head.

SATO CL608NX - 3 - 1

CAUTION

  • The print head and its surroundings are hot after printing. Be careful not to touch it, to avoid being burned.
  • Touching the edge of the print head with your bare hand could cause injury.

4

Remove the media and ribbon if they are already loaded.

Refer to Section 3.3 Removing the Ribbon and the reverse procedure in Section 3.5 Loading Media.

SATO CL608NX - 4 - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with internal components and mounting bracket (no text or symbols)

5 Press the lever ② to remove the print head ③.

CAUTION (for CL4NX only)

For UHF RFID models, the UHF RFID antenna is installed on the print head. Be careful not to overly pull the antenna cable when replacing the print head. Contact your SATO reseller or technical support center for more information.

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with numbered components and directional arrow indicating assembly or operation.

6 Disconnect all the connectors ④ from the defective print head ③.

In total, there are two connectors for CL4NX and three connectors for CL6NX.

7 Connect all the connectors ④ to the new print head.

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with numbered components, likely for assembly or maintenance instructions.

CAUTION

Handle the print head with care. Do not contaminate or scratch the sensitive print head surface.

8 Install the new print head.

Install the print head so that it is locked with a click sound.

9 Load the media and ribbon back if you remove them in step 4.

Refer to Section 3.5 Loading Media and Section 3.2 Loading the Ribbon.

7.4 Replacing the Platen Roller

You can easily remove and replace a damaged or worn platen roller.

SATO CL608NX - Replacing the Platen Roller - 1

WARNING

  • Do not touch the power button, connect or disconnect the power cord while your hands are wet. Doing so could cause an electric shock.
  • Disconnect the power cord from the AC outlet before you replace the platen roller.

1

Make sure that the printer is in power off mode, then disconnect the power cord from the AC outlet.

2

Open the top cover.

SATO CL608NX - 2 - 1

CAUTION

Open the top cover fully to prevent accidental drop of the cover.

3

Push the head lock lever ① towards the rear to unlock the print head.

SATO CL608NX - 3 - 1

CAUTION

  • The print head and its surroundings are hot after printing. Be careful not to touch it, to avoid being burned.
  • Touching the edge of the print head with your bare hand could cause injury.

4

Lift the lever ② in the direction ① to unlock the platen roller ③, then pull out the platen roller ③ in the direction ②.

SATO CL608NX - 4 - 1

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with internal components and no visible text or symbols

Technical diagram of a vehicle intake system with numbered components and directional arrows indicating flow or movement.

5 Install the new platen roller. Make sure that the first tab ④ on the driving end of the platen roller is pointing upward. Then push the platen roller in the direction ③ so that the first tab ④ is fixed in the groove ⑤ at the driving side.

6 Next, make sure that the second tab ⑥ on the driven end of the platen roller is pointing upward. And then push the platen roller again in the direction ③so that the second tab ⑥ is fixed in the groove ⑦ at the driven side.

7 Turn the lever ② back to lock the platen roller.

Technical diagram illustrating a mechanical assembly with numbered components and directional arrows indicating motion or flow.

Technical diagram showing a mechanical assembly with numbered components, likely illustrating a gear or valve mechanism.

7.4.1 Guideline to Replace the Linerless Platen Roller (CL4NX only)

The linerless platen roller has a blue striped marking on the left side. When the blue striped marking started to fade off, it indicates that you should replace the linerless platen roller.

This is only a general guideline, the condition of the platen roller wears out varies depending on the used media. In any cases, replace the worn platen roller when it affected the printing quality of the printer.

SATO CL608NX - Guideline to Replace the Linerless Platen Roller (CL4NX only) - 1

natural_image Diagram showing a cylindrical object with blue vertical lines and an arrow indicating transformation (no text or symbols)

7.5 Optional RFID Configuration (CL4NX only)

This chapter explains the procedures on how to configure the printer to encode your inlays.

1 Examine the media to determine the printer settings.

Refer to the CL4NX Inlay Configuration Guide* for the measurements you should take and what they mean, as well as a list of inlays and their required configurations.

* To see the CL4NX Inlay Configuration Guide, access the following URL: http://www.satoworldwide.com/rfid/

2 Press the ⏻ power button on the operator panel for more than one second to power on the printer.

3 When the printer is in online mode, press the ▶button on the operator panel to change to offline mode.

4 Press the ← button to show the Settings menu.

5 Press the ◀buttons to select Interface and then press the ◀button.

6 Press the ▲/▼ buttons to select RFID and then press the ◀button.

The RFID screen shows.

Offline 203 dpi SBPL QTY : 0 ONLINE ▶ II FEED

Settings Interface

Interface USB > Bluetooth > Ignore CR/LF Ignore CAN/DLE External I/O > RFID >

7 Press the ▲buttons to select the item you want to set. Then press the ◀button to go to the adjustment screen.

Refer to Interface > RFID (CL4NX only) menu of Section 4.3 Settings Menu Tree Structure for details on the configuration items.

8 Open the top cover ①.

CAUTION

Open the top cover fully to prevent accidental drop of the cover.

9 Push the head lock lever ② towards the rear to unlock the print head.

CAUTION

• The print head and its surroundings are hot after printing. Be careful not to touch it, to avoid being burned.
- Touching the edge of the print head with your bare hand could cause injury.

RFID
Antenna PitchStandard
Write Power10 dBm
Read Power10 dBm
Tag Offset0 mm
Reader ModelM6e Micro
Reader Version01.01.00.EA

Technical diagram of a mechanical device with labeled component and directional arrow indicating motion or flow

SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 2

natural_image Technical line drawing of a mechanical device with internal components and no visible text or symbols

10 Adjust the position of the RFID antenna. Rotate the dial ③ to align the pointer ④ with the media being used.

When the Antenna Pitch is set to Standard in the Interface > RFID menu, adjust the physical position of the antenna according to the settings required for the specific media and inlay used. Refer to the "Antenna Position" of the Inlay Placement & Configuration Table in the CL4NX Inlay Configuration Guide*.

* To see the CL4NX Inlay Configuration Guide, access the following URL: http://www.satoworldwide.com/rfid/

Blue Yellow Green ④ ③

11 Load the media and ribbon.

Refer to Section 3.2 Loading the Ribbon and Section 3.5 Loading Media for details.

12 Confirm the operation by printing/encoding a media.

Make sure that you read the data and check that it is correctly encoded.

7.5.1 Printing RFID Tag Errors

If the recorded data on a tag is incomplete due to writing on a defective tag, the printer will print an RFID tag error to the defective media. This function is to prevent the distribution of defective media with a tag error.

When an RFID tag error occurs, the printer prints a slash and the error message, such as "WRITE TAG ERROR" or "TAG NOT FOUND". The position to print the message and slash is set using the specified media size command .

For a write error such as "WRITE TAG ERROR", the printer continues to print the first sixteen or thirty-two bytes of the write data.

The diagram below shows the message and slash printed on the position based on the media size specified by the normal print.

SATO CL608NX - Printing RFID Tag Errors - 1
For other errors, the printer prints the error message accordingly.

SATO CL608NX - Printing RFID Tag Errors - 2
The dump is printed for the first sixteen or thirty-two bytes of data.
Dotted line shows the range specified with media size command .

SATO CL608NX - Printing RFID Tag Errors - 3
The dump is printed for the first sixteen or thirty-two bytes of data.
When a character overlaps with the slash, the character will inverse from black to white.
Dotted line shows the range specified with media size command .
*(0,0): The origin of the range specified by the media size command

When using a small-size label (about the size of P30 X W40 mm, for example) or not enough for setting margin, the slash and error message are printed overlap on each other. The overlapped area are inverse from black to white. There is no dump printing.

TAG NOT FOUND error in RFID write command Feed direction (0, 0) TAG NOT FOUND Dotted line shows the range specified with media size command .

If not specified by the media size command , the printer prints the RFID error using a fixed size of P30 X W40 mm. When a character overlaps with the slash, the character will inverse from black to white.

SATO CL608NX - Printing RFID Tag Errors - 5
For other errors, the printer prints the error message accordingly.

The types of errors to print are as follows:

Message Cause and Countermeasure
TAG NOT FOUND Cause: Did not find the tag to print, or failed to read the tag.
Countermeasure: Confirm the inlay operation and check the printer/antenna configuration.
WRITE TAG ERROR Cause: Failed to write the tag.
Countermeasure: Confirm the inlay operation and check the printer/antenna configuration.
PROTECT (TAG)ERRORCause: 1. Tried to write to a locked tag.2. Tried to write to an address that is not permitted.
Countermeasure: Use media that is not locked.
VERIFY TAGERR(OR)• Only for ISO/IEC 15693, ISO/IEC 14443 Type A
Cause: The written data and read data do not match.
Countermeasure: Confirm the inlay operation and check the printer/antenna configuration.
• Only for FeliCa
Cause: The written data and read data do not match. A value greater than original data was written to subtraction register.
Countermeasure: Write an appropriate value to subtraction register.
LOCKING ERROR Cause: Failed to lock the tag.
Countermeasure: Check the media.
WRONG TID ERROR • Only for ISO/IEC 15693
Cause: Read the UID of the tag other than the specified tag.
Countermeasure: Check the tag type setting and the label.
MULTI TAGS ERROR • Only for ISO/IEC 15693, ISO/IEC 14443 Type A
Cause: Multiple tags detected at a time.
Countermeasure: Confirm the inlay operation and check the printer/antenna configuration.
• Only for FeliCa
Cause: The captured IDm of the card is inconsistent between processes. (Tried to write to a wrong card.)
Countermeasure: Confirm the inlay operation and check the printer/antenna configuration.
DIFFER EPC ERROR • Only for UHF
Cause: Detected inconsistent EPC during a series of processes.
Countermeasure: Check the media.
CHIP MAKER ERR. • Only for UHF
Cause: Incorrect tag chip maker is specified when specifying the MCS setting and encoding the SGTIN96.
Countermeasure: Check the media, and correct the tag chip maker.
MCS NOT SUPPORT • Only for UHF
Cause: Unsupported inlay (IC chip) is used when specifying the MCS setting and encoding the SGTIN96.
Countermeasure: Check the media, and change it to supported inlay.

7.5.2 RFID Error and Reset Timing

Error signal output with one-shot pulse

Read/Write error RFID tag error output 100 - 500 ms

Error signal output with long pulse

Read/Write error RFID tag error output Print end (Print done) (Type2)

When the reprint count reaches the specified number, the RFID tag error and Machine error are outputted at a time. The machine error output is always a long pulse.

Timing chart of error signal output with one-shot pulse

ItemRFID reprint twice - One-shot Pulse Output Waveform
SATO CL608NX - Error signal output with long pulse - 2
SATO CL608NX - Error signal output with long pulse - 3
SATO CL608NX - Error signal output with long pulse - 4

Timing chart of error signal output with long pulse

ItemRFID reprint twice - Level Output Waveform
RFID write errorEnd of error print
Reprint 1stReprint 2nd ErrorPrint Print End (Print Done) TYPE 120ms
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
Paper End/ Ribbon End
RFID tag error
Machine Error
RFID write errorEnd of error print
Print Print End (Print Done) TYPE 120ms
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
Paper End/ Ribbon End
RFID tag error
Machine Error
RFID write errorEnd of error print
Print Print End (Print Done) TYPE 120ms

7.5.3 External (EXT) Signal Interfaces when RFID Mode is Enabled

Comparison of EXT signal between RFID Mode is disabled or enabled.

RFID Mode disabled. RFID Mode enabled.

Pin No.Signal I/O Pin No. Signal I/O
1 Paper End Output
2G r o un d
3 Ribbon End Output
4 Machine Error Output
5Print Start (PRIN)Input
6Print Done/End (PREND)Output
7Reprint (PRIN2)Input
8External Power SupplyInput
9 Online Output
10Ribbon Near EndOutput
11N/A-
12+24VOutput
13+5VOutput
14Frame Ground-
1 Paper End + Ribbon End Output
-2 G ro u
3 RFID Tag Error Output
4 Machine Error/RFID Error Output
5Print Start (PRIN)Input
6Print Done/End (PREND)Output
7Reprint (PRIN2)Input
8External Power SupplyInput
9 OnlineOutput
10Ribbon Near EndOutput
11N/A-
12+24VOutput
13+5VOutput
14Frame Ground-

Standard specification is applied when the RFID Mode is set to Disabled. Functions shown by shading are applied when the RFID Mode is set to Enabled.

7.5.4 RFID Printing Tips

Avoid printing barcodes or characters directly on top of an RFID chip. The uneven surface will negatively affect the print quality.

SATO CL608NX - Recommended non-printable zone - 1

Feed direction

Recommended non-printable zone Antenna 15 mm Inlay RFID tag/label IC chip 15 mm ABCDEF Print object Gap I-mark

7.6 Printer Specifications

Specifications are subject to change without notice.

7.6.1 Hardware

Model CL4NX CL6NX
Dimensions and Weight
Width 271 mm (10.67")338 mm (13.31")
Height 321 mm (12.64")321 mm (12.64")
Depth 457 mm (18.00")457 mm (18.00")
Weight Approximately15.1 kg (33.28 lbs.) Approximately 20.3 kg (44.75 lbs.)
Power Supply
Input Voltage AC 100 V-240 V ±10%
Frequency 50 - 60 Hz
Power Consumption Atpeak: 180 W / 190 VA(Print ratio 30%)Standby: 20 W / 40 VAAt peak: 240 W / 308 VA(Print ratio 30%)Standby: 23 W / 63 VA
Processing
Flash ROM CPU1: 2 GB, CPU2: 4 MB
SDRAMCPU1: 256 MB, CPU2: 64 MB
User Registration AreaMaximum 679 MB
Receive BufferMaximum: 2.95 MBNear full: 2 MB
Operation
LCDTFT color 3.5 inch (88.9 mm)
LEDSTATUS: Blue/Red
Display LanguageEnglish / German / French / Spanish / Italian / Portuguese / Czech / Danish / Dutch / Finnish / Greek / Hungarian / Norwegian / Polish / Romanian / Russian / Slovak / Swedish / Turkish / Chinese (Simplified) / Chinese (Traditional) / Korean / Japanese / Arabic / Thai / Vietnamese / Persian / Indonesian / Hindi / Bulgarian
Environmental Conditions (Without Media and Ribbon)
Operating TemperatureContinuous/Cutter/Tear-off mode:0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F)Dispenser/Linerless mode:5 to 35 °C (41 to 95 °F)Continuous/Cutter/Tear-off mode:0 to 40 °C (32 to 104 °F)Dispenser mode:5 to 35 °C (41 to 95 °F)
Storage Temperature-20 to 60 °C (-4 to 140 °F)
Operating Humidity Continuous/Dispenser/Cutter/Tear-off mode:30 to 80% RH (Non-condensing)Linerless mode: 30 to 75% RH(Non-condensing)30 to 80% RH (Non-condensing)
Storage Humidity 30 to 90% RH (Non-condensing)
Print
Print Method Direct thermal and thermal transfer
Print Speed 203 dpi: 2 to 10 inch/sec(50.8 to 254 mm/sec)305 dpi: 2 to 8 inch/sec(50.8 to 203.2 mm/sec)609 dpi: 2 to 6 inch/sec(50.8 to 152 mm/sec)Linerless mode: 2 to 6 inch/sec(50.8 to 152 mm/sec)203 dpi: 2 to 10 inches/sec(50.8 to 254 mm/sec)305 dpi: 2 to 8 inches/sec(50.8 to 203.2 mm/sec)
Resolution 203 dpi (8 dots/mm)305 dpi (12 dots/mm)609 dpi (24 dots/mm)203 dpi (8 dots/mm)305 dpi (12 dots/mm)
Non-printable Area Pitch direction (Excludes liner)Top: 1.5 mm (0.06"), Bottom: 1.5 mm (0.06")Width direction (Excludes liner)Left: 1.5 mm (0.06"), Right: 1.5 mm (0.06")
Printable Area 203 dpi: Length 2500 mm (98.42") xWidth 104 mm (4.09")305 dpi: Length 1500 mm (59.05") xWidth 104 mm (4.09")609 dpi: Length 400 mm (15.75") xWidth 104 mm (4.09")203 dpi: Length 2500 mm (98.42") xWidth 152 mm (5.98")305 dpi: Length 1500 mm (59.05") xWidth 165.3 mm (6.50")* When Head Base Position is set to Left-justify: maximum print width 167.5 mm (6.59").
Print End Position 203 dpi: 1 to 20000 dots305 dpi: 1 to 18000 dots609 dpi: 1 to 9600 dots203 dpi: 1 to 20000 dots305 dpi: 1 to 18000 dots
Print Darkness Darkness level: 1 to 10Darkness range: ASensors
I-mark(Reflective Type)Position and sensitivity: Adjustable
Gap(Transmissive Type)Position and sensitivity: Adjustable
Head Open Fixed
Paper End Sensor Detect with I-mark sensor or Gap sensor
Ribbon End/Ribbon Near EndFixed
Dispenser Fixed* If linerless kit or dispenser unit is installed.Fixed* If the dispenser unit is installed.
Cutter Fixed* If cutter unit or linerless kit is installed.Fixed* If the cutter unit is installed.

7.6.2 Ribbon and Media

Model CL4NXCL6NX
Ribbon (Use genuine ribbon made by SATO.)
Size Length: maximum 600 m (1968.5 ft.)Width: 39.5 mm to 128 mm(1.55" to 5.04")*When the width is 39.5 mm (1.55"), the maximum length is 450 m (1476.4 ft.).* The maximum length varies depending on the ribbon type.* Use the ribbon that is wider than the media.Length: maximum 600 m (1968.5 ft.)Width: 59 mm to 177 mm(2.32" to 6.98")* The maximum length varies depending on the ribbon type.* Use the ribbon that is wider than the media.
Wind Direction Face-out/Face-in
Winding Method Coreless
Media (Use genuine media made by SATO.)
Type Media roll (Face-in wound/face-out wound), Fan-fold media
Size
Continuous
Pitch 203 dpi: 6to 2497 mm (0.24" to 98.30")305 dpi: 6 to 1497 mm (0.24" to 58.94")609 dpi: 6 to 397 mm (0.24" to 15.63")RFID mode: 13 to 240 mm(0.51" to 9.45")203 dpi: 16 to 2497 mm (0.63" to 98.30")305 dpi: 16 to 1497 mm (0.63" to 58.94")
(With Liner) 203dpi: 9 to 2500 mm (0.35" to 98.42")305 dpi: 9 to 1500 mm (0.35" to 59.05")609 dpi: 9 to 400 mm (0.35" to 15.75")RFID mode: 16 to 243 mm(0.63" to 9.57")203 dpi: 19 to 2500 mm (0.75" to 98.42")305 dpi: 19 to 1500 mm (0.75" to 59.05")
Width(With Liner)22 to 128 mm (0.87" to 5.04")25 to 131 mm (0.98" to 5.16")47 to 177 mm (1.85" to 6.96")50 to 180 mm (1.97" to 7.01")
Model CL4NXCL6NX
Media (Use genuine media made by SATO.)
Size
Tear-off/Cutter
Pitch(With Liner)203 dpi: 17 to 2497 mm (0.67" to 98.30")305 dpi: 17 to 1497 mm (0.67" to 58.94")609 dpi: 17 to 397 mm (0.67" to 15.63")RFID mode: 17 to 240 mm(0.67" to 9.45")203 dpi: 17 to 2497 mm (0.67" to 98.30")305 dpi: 17 to 1497 mm (0.67" to 58.94")
203 dpi: 20 to 2500 mm (0.79" to 98.42")305 dpi: 20 to 1500 mm (0.79" to 59.05")609 dpi: 20 to 400 mm (0.79" to 15.75")RFID mode: 20 to 243 mm(0.79" to 9.57")* When Print Mode is set to Cut & Print,the minimum pitch for each print speedis the following value:2 ips: 40 mm (1.57"), 3 ips: 58 mm (2.28"),4 ips: 75 mm (2.95"), 5 ips: 93 mm (3.66"),6 ips: 110 mm (4.33"), 7 ips: 125 mm (4.92"),8 ips: 140 mm (5.51"), 9 ips: 156 mm (6.14"),10 ips: 171 mm (6.73")203 dpi: 20 to 2500 mm (0.79" to 98.42")305 dpi: 20 to 1500 mm (0.79" to 59.05")* When Print Mode is set to Cut & Print,the minimum pitch for each print speedis the following value:2 ips: 40 mm (1.57"), 3 ips: 58 mm (2.28"),4 ips: 75 mm (2.95"), 5 ips: 93 mm (3.66"),6 ips: 110 mm (4.33"), 7 ips: 125mm (4.92"),8 ips: 140 mm (5.51"), 9 ips: 156 mm (6.14"),10 ips: 171 mm (6.73")
Width(With Liner)22 to 128 mm (0.87" to 5.04")25 to 131 mm (0.98" to 5.16")47 to 177 mm (1.85" to 6.96")50 to 180 mm (1.97" to 7.01")
Dispenser
Pitch 203/305/60(With Liner)09 dpi: 27 to 397 mm(1.06" to 15.63")RFID mode: 27 to 240 mm(1.06" to 9.45")203/305 dpi: 27 to 397 mm(1.06" to 15.63")
305/609 dpi: 30 to 400 mm(1.18" to 15.75")RFID mode: 30 to 243 mm(1.18" to 9.57")203/305 dpi: 30 to 400 mm(1.18" to 15.75")
Width(With Liner)22 to 128 mm (0.87" to 5.04")25 to 131 mm (0.98" to 5.16")47 to 177 mm (1.85" to 6.97")50 to 180 mm (1.97" to 7.01")
Diameter of Liner WindingMaximum 120 mm (4.72")
Linerless
Pitch 30 to 120mm (1.18" to 4.72") —
Width 60 to 118mm (2.36" to 4.65") —
Roll Diameter(Media Roll)Maximum 220 mm (8.66")When using a dispenser with liner rewinder: maximum 220 mm (8.66")
Core Diameter (Media Roll)76 mm, 101 mm (3", 4")When using a dispenser with liner rewinder: 76 mm (3")* Recommend to use 4" core for thick paper (more than 150 μm), non-adhesive media and RFID tags (CL4NX only)/labels.
Height (Fan-fold Media)Maximum 200 mm (7.87")* When the printer and media are configured to the same height.
Thickness 0.08 to 0.268 mm (0.0031" to 0.011") 0.06 to 0.268 mm (0.0024" to 0.011")

Note

The usable media sizes, the print speed and print quality vary depending on the media specification, media and ribbon combination, printer settings and printing environment. It is recommended to perform a test print with the media and ribbon to be used in advance.

7.6.3 Interface

Model CL4NX CL6NX
Interface
StandardBuilt-in USB Interface (Type B)LAN InterfaceBluetooth InterfaceUSB Interface (Type A) x 2
Extension BoardRS-232C InterfaceIEEE1284 InterfaceExternal Signal Interface (EXT)
Option Board Wireless LAN Interface
RFIDUHF(920 MHz)ISO/IEC 18000-6 Type C Gen2 —
HF(13.56 MHz)ISO/IEC 15693 (ICODE SLI/SLIX/SLIX-S, Tag-it HF-I, my-d)ISO/IEC 14443 Type A (NTAG203, NTAG210, NTAG213/215/216, MIFARE UltraLight, MIFARE UltraLight C, my-d move NFC)ISO/IEC 18092 (FeliCa Lite-S)

7.6.4 Built-in Functions

Model CL4NX CL6NX
Functions
Built-in Functions Status returnGraphicSequential numberForm overlayCharacter modificationBlack/white inversionRuled lineDump listFormat registrationOutline fontOutline modificationZero slash switchingGuidance Video
Self-diagnosis Functions Broken head element checkHead open detectionPaper end detectionRibbon near-end detectionTest printCutter open check (If cutter unit is installed)Label detection at dispensing (If dispenser unit is installed)
Adjustment Functions PrintDarknessPrint PositionMedia Stop PositionBuzzerLCD Brightness

7.6.5 Printer Languages

Model CL4NX CL6NX
Printer Languages
SBPL (Includes XML support)SZPLSDPLSIPLSTCLAEP

7.6.6 Fonts/Symbols/Barcodes

Model CL4NX CL6NX
Fonts
Bitmap Fonts
U 9 dots H x 5 dots W
S 15 dots H x 8 dots W
M 20 dots H x 13 dots W
WB 30 dots H x 18 dots W
WL 52 dots H x 28 dots W
XU 9 dots H x 5 dots W
XS 17 dots H x 17 dots W
XM 24 dots H x 24 dots W
XB 48 dots H x 48 dots W
XL 48 dots H x 48 dots W
X20 9 dots H x 5 dots W
X21 17 dots H x 17 dots W
X22 24 dots H x 24 dots W
X23 48 dots H x 48 dots W
X24 48 dots H x 48 dots W
OCR-A 203 dpi: 22 dots H x15 dots W305 dpi: 33 dots H x 22 dots W609 dpi: 66 dots H x 44 dots W203 dpi: 22 dots H x 15 dots W305 dpi: 33 dots H x 22 dots W
OCR-B 203 dpi: 24 dots H x20 dots W305 dpi: 36 dots H x 30 dots W609 dpi: 72 dots H x 60 dots W203 dpi: 24 dots H x 20 dots W305 dpi: 36 dots H x 30 dots W
JIS208 Kanji Fonts(Mincho/Gothic)16 dots H x 16 dots W24 dots H x 24 dots W22 dots H x 22 dots W32 dots H x 32 dots W40 dots H x 40 dots W
JIS0213 Kanji Fonts(Gothic)16 dots H x 16 dots W24 dots H x 24 dots W22 dots H x 22 dots W32 dots H x 32 dots W40 dots H x 40 dots W
Compatible Kanji Fonts(Mincho)16 dots H x 16 dots W24 dots H x 24 dots W
Simplified ChineseCharacters16 dots H x 16 dots W24 dots H x 24 dots W
Traditional Chinese Characters24 dots H x 24 dots W
Korean Fonts 16 dots H x 166 dots W24 dots H x 24 dots W
Scalable Fonts
Rasterized Font SATO CGSleekSATO CG StreamSATO 0SATO Alpha Bold CondensedSATO Beta Bold ItalicSATO Folio BoldSATO Futura Medium CondensedSATO GammaSATO OCR-ASATO OCR-BSATO SansSATO SerifSATO VicaSATO Hebe SansSATO Hebe Sans ArabicSATO Hebe Sans ThaiSATO Hebe Sans HebrewSATO Hebe Sans HindiSATO Gothic Traditional ChineseSATO Gothic JapaneseSATO Gothic Simplified ChineseSATO Gothic KoreanSATO Silver SerifSATO Mincho Traditional ChineseSATO Mincho JapaneseSATO Mincho Simplified ChineseSATO Mincho KoreanSATO Roman ArabicSATO Symbol SetSATO WingBats
Outline Fonts Helvetica Outline Font
JIS208 Kanji Outline Fonts
Model CL4NX CL6NX
Barcodes
1D Barcodes UPC-A/UPC-EJAN/EAN-13/8CODE39, CODE93, CODE128GS1-128(UCC/EAN128)CODABAR(NW-7)ITFIndustrial 2 of 5Matrix 2 of 5MSICustomer BarcodePOSTNETUPC add-on codeUSPSBOOKLANDGS1 DataBar OmnidirectionalGS1 DataBar TruncatedGS1 DataBar StackedGS1 DataBar Stacked OmnidirectionalGS1 DataBar LimitedGS1 DataBar ExpandedGS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked
2D Codes QR CodeMicro QR CodePDF417Micro PDFMaxi CodeGS1 Data MatrixData Matrix (ECC200)Aztec Code
Composite Symbols EAN-13Composite (CC-A/CC-B)EAN-8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B)UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B)UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B)GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B)GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B)GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B)GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B)GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B)GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional Composite (CC-A/CC-B)GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B)GS1-128 Composite (CC-A/CC-B/CC-C)

7.6.7 Options

Model CL4NX CL6NX
Options
1) Cutter unit2) Linerless cutter kit3) Dispenser unit (with internal liner rewinder)4) Simple dispenser kit5) Internal liner rewinder kit6) RTC (Calendar) kit7) UHF RFID kit8) HF RFID kit9) Wireless LAN interface kit10)Combo interface board (RS-232C, IEEE1284, and EXT)11)External rewinder (RWG-500)1) Cutter unit2) Dispenser unit (with internal liner rewinder)3) Simple dispenser kit4) Internal liner rewinder kit5) RTC (Calendar) kit6) Wireless LAN interface kit7) Combo interface board (RS-232C, IEEE1284, and EXT)8) External rewinder (RWG-500)

7.6.8 Accessories

Model CL4NX CL6NX
Accessories
1) Power cord2) Documentations (Quick Guide, Global Warranty Program leaflet, etc.)

7.6.9 Standards

Model CL4NX CL6NX
Standards
Safety StandardsUL 60950-1CSA C22.2 No.60950-1EN60950-1CCCKCRCMIRAMBISEAC
EMC Standards FCC-B, FCC-CICES-003, ICEN55022 Class A, EN55024, R&TTECCC, SRRCKCIDASIRIMPTQCNTCDGPTRCMIRAM, CNCANATELWPC
Environmental Standard RoHSRoHS directive (six hazardous) restricts the use of six hazardous materials listed below.Hexavalent chromium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lead and lead compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mercury and mercury compounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polybredinated diphenyl ethers (PBDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Energy Saving InternationalENERGY STAR program

7.7 Interface Specifications

For data communication with the host, this printer supports the following interfaces: You can set the various interface settings of the printer through Interface in the Settings menu.

  • USB (USB type B)
    • LAN Ethernet
  • Bluetooth
    • RS-232C (DB 9 pins, female)
    • IEEE1284 (Amphenol 36 pins)
  • External signal (EXT) (Amphenol 14 pins)
  • Wireless LAN

SATO CL608NX - Interface Specifications - 1

CAUTION

Do not connect or disconnect the interface cables (or use a switch box) with power supplied to either the printer or host. This may cause damage to the interface circuitry in the printer or host and is not covered by warranty.

Note

  • Wireless LAN is an optional interface.
  • You cannot use the wireless LAN interface and LAN interface at a time.

7.7.1 USB Interface

This interface complies with the USB2.0 standard. Install the USB driver to the computer before use.

Basic Specifications
Connector USB Type B connector
Protocol Status4, Status5
Power Supply BUS Power through cable
Pin Assignments
Pin No. Description
1 VBus
2-
3+
4GND

D

D

SATO CL608NX - USB Interface - 1

a

a

Cable Specifications
Cable Connector USB Type Bconnector
Cable Length 5 m (16.4 feet) or less

7.7.2 LAN Ethernet Interface

Basic Specifications
Connector RJ-45 Receptacle
Protocol Status3Status4Status5
IP Address IPv4IPv6
Subnet Mask IPv4IPv6
Gateway Address IPv4IPv6
Cable Specifications
Cable 10BASE-T/100BASE-TXCategory 5
Cable Length 100 m (328 feet)or less
Software Specifications
Supported Protocol TCP/IP
Network Layer IP, ICMP
Session Layer TCP
Application Layer LPD, FTP, DHCP, HTTPS, SNMP, NTP

7.7.3 Bluetooth Interface

This interface complies with the Bluetooth3.0+EDR standard.

Basic Specifications
Signal Level Class 2
Communication Distance 10 m(32.8 feet)
Profile Serial Port Profile
Security Level None, level 2, 2-1, 2-2, level 3, level 4
PIN Code 1 to 16 characters consisting of ASCII code (20H, 21H, 23H to 7EH)
Disconnect Timeout (LMP layer)60 seconds

7.7.4 RS-232C Interface

This interface complies with the RS-232C standard.

Basic Specifications
Asynchronous ASCII Half-duplex communicationBi-Directional Communication
Data Transmission Rate 2400,4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 bps
Transmission Form Start, b1, b2, b3, b4, b5, b6, b7, b8, Stop“b8” will be omitted if using 7 bit oriented.
Data Length 7 or 8 bit (selected)
Stop Bit 1 or 2 bit (selected)
Parity Bit ODD, EVEN, NONE (selected)
Codes Used ASCII Character Codes: 7 bits, Graphics: 8 bits
Control Codes STX (02H), ETX (03H), ACK (06H), NAK (15H)
Connector DB-9 Female or equivalent
Signal Levels High = +5 to +12 V, Low = -5 to -12 V
Protocol Ready/Busy, XON/XOFF, Status3, Status4, Status5

5 1 9 6

Connector Pin Specifications
Pin No. I/ODescription
1-Data Carrier Detect
2InputReceive Data
3OutputTransmit Data
4OutputData Terminal Ready
5ReferenceSignal Ground
6InputData Set Ready
7OutputRequest To Send
8InputClear To Send
9-Not connected
Cable Specifications
Cable Connector DB-9 Male or equivalent
Cable Length 5 m (16.4 feet) or less

Note

  • When using the READY/BUSY control, make sure that the printer is in power on mode before you send the data from the host.
  • With communication protocols such as XON/XOFF, STATUS3, STATUS4 or STATUS5, a receive buffer full error will occur when the received data is more than the receive buffer size (2.95 MB). Send data that is less than 2.95 MB while monitoring the status of the printer.
  • A parity error will be detected if this error occurs after the reception of ESC+A.

7.7.5 IEEE1284 Interface

This interface complies with the IEEE1284 standard.

Basic Specifications
Connector Amphenol 36 pins, female
Signal Levels High-level: +2.4 to +5.0 VLow-level: +0.0 to +0.4 V
Receive Mode Single-item buffer, Multi-item buffer

18 36 1 19

Connector Pin Specifications
Pin No. I/O Description
1 Input STROBE
2-9 Input DATA 1 - DATA 8DATA1: LSBDATA8: MSB
10 Output ACK
11 Output BUSY
12 Output PAPER EMPTY/PAPER ERROR
13 Output SELECT
14Input AUTO FEED
15 -Not in use
16 -LOGIC Ground
17 -Frame Ground
18+5 V
19 -STROBE RETURN
20-27-DATA 1 - DATA 8 RETURN
28 -ACK RETURN
29 -BUSY RETURN
30 -PAPER EMPTY RETURN
31Input INITIALIZE
32 Output FAULT
33-35 - Not in use
36 Input SELECT INPUT
Cable Specifications
Cable Connector Amphenol 36 pins, male
Cable Length 1.5 m (5 feet) or less

7.7.6 External Signal Interface (EXT)

This interface is designed to connect the printer with other peripherals.

Basic Specifications
Connector Centronics IDC Type14 pins (female)
Signal Levels High-level: +4.2to +5.0 VLow-level: +0.0 to +0.7 V

7 1 14 8

Connector Pin Specifications
Pin No.I/ODescriptionElectric Conditions(Voltage, Current (Max))
1 Output Paper End:Outputs a low signal when the paper end is detected.Withstand voltage 50 VSink current 50 mA
2 - GND: Reference Signal Ground -
3 Output Ribbon End:Outputs a low signal when the ribbon end is detected.Withstand voltage 50 VSink current 50 mA
4 Output Machine Error:Outputs a low signal when an error such as the head open error is detected.Withstand voltage 50 VSink current 50 mA
5 InputPrint start signal (PRIN):Prints one media when a low signal is detected.High: high impedanceLow: more than -15 mA,0 V
6 Output Print Done/Print endsignal (PREND):Outputs a signal when the media print is completed.Withstand voltage 50 VSink current 50 mA
7 InputReprint signal (PRIN2):Prints the previously printed content again when a low signal is detected.High: high impedanceLow: more than -15 mA,0 V
8 InputExternal power supply 5 V
9Output• MODE1: The output signal becomes “Active” when there is remaining print data without error in online mode.• MODE2: The output signal becomes “Active” when the printer is Online.Withstand voltage 50 VSink current 50 mA
10 OutputRibbon Near End:Outputs a high signal when the ribbon near end is detected.Withstand voltage 50 V Sink current 50 mA
11 ---
12 - +24 V± 10% 2 A
13 - Vcc +5 V500 mA
14 ---
* Output Dispense completion waiting signal: Outputs a low signal when the dispense is completed.You can set the pin number for output through the Settings > Interface > External I/O > Signals > Outputs menu.Withstand voltage 50 V Sink current 50 mA

Note

  • You can set the external signal (EXT) type (TYPE1 to TYPE4) for Print Done output signal of pin No. 6. Refer to the EXT Mode screen of the Interface > External I/O > Signals menu for details.
  • You can set the pin number for input and output through the Settings > Interface > External I/O > Signals > Inputs and Outputs menu.
  • The Print Done signal of pin No. 6 is not outputted when 0 is specified in the number of cuts in the command specifying the number of cuts during the cutter operation.

Timing Chart of the EXT Input Signal

ItemInput Waveform
Print StartReprint (no printPrinted 1 piece
Print Start(PRIN)
Reprint(PRIN2)
Print
Print End(Print Done)TYPE 1 20 ms
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
Printed 1 piece
Print Start(PRIN)
Reprint(PRIN2)
Print
Print End(Print Done)TYPE 1 20 ms
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4
Reprint (with print start signal)Printed 1 piece
Print Start(PRIN)
Reprint(PRIN2)More than 10ms
Print
Print End(Print Done)TYPE 1 20 ms
TYPE 2
TYPE 3
TYPE 4

Supplementary explanation

  • Keep the print start signal (PRIN) to "Low" until print end signal (Print done) is outputted. Refer to the below Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN) timing chart.
  • Keep the output reprint signal (PRIN2) for more than 10 ms. When signal is outputted for shorter than 10 ms, and reprint signal is not acknowledged, the printer does not perform reprinting.

Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN)

ItemInput Waveform
SATO CL608NX - Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN) - 1
SATO CL608NX - Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN) - 2
ItemTiming Chart
Print Done (PREND) SignalPrinted 1 piece
Print
Print End (Print Done) TYPE 1 TYPE 2
TYPE 3 TYPE 4
T1 < 150 ns T1 T1

Rise or fall time (T1) of Print Done signal is less than 150 ns. You have to consider the time when outputting the signal from the connected devices.

  • When the print start signal and reprint signal are outputted simultaneously, the print start signal is enabled and the printer does not perform reprinting.
  • The reprint signal is valid only from the time of the print operation end (QTY=0) until the next print data reception. Other than that, the printer does not perform reprinting.

Timing Chart of the EXT Output Signal • Standard specification

SATO CL608NX - Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN) - 3
ItemOutput Waveform
Ribbon Near EndOffline Machine ErrorSATO CL608NX - Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN) - 4
SATO CL608NX - Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN) - 5
SATO CL608NX - Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN) - 6
  • When RFID Mode is enabled (CL4NX only)
ItemOutput Waveform
SATO CL608NX - Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN) - 7
SATO CL608NX - Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN) - 8
SATO CL608NX - Maintaining the Print Start Signal (PRIN) - 9

Timing Chart (Wait signal for dispense completion)

ItemOutput Waveform
After PrintPrintPrinted 1 piece Dispense Complete
Print End (Print Done) TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 Wait for dispense completion20ms
Backfeed Before Print BackfeedPrintPrinted 1 piece Dispense Complete
Print End (Print Done) TYPE 1 TYPE 2 TYPE 3 TYPE 4 Wait for dispense completion20ms

7.7.7 Wireless LAN Interface

This interface complies with the IEEE802.11a/b/g/n standard.

SATO CL608NX - Wireless LAN Interface - 1

CAUTION

Before using wireless LAN near medical devices and facilities, consult your system administrator.

Basic Specifications
Protocol Status3, Status4, Status5
IP Address IPv4IPv6
Subnet Mask IPv4IPv6
Gateway Address IPv4IPv6
Data Transfer Method 802.11amax 54 Mbps802.11n: max 135 Mbps802.11b: max 11 Mbps802.11g: max 54 Mbps
NoteThese are the logical values based on the wireless LAN specifications and are not the actual data transfer speeds.
Frequency Band 2.4 GHz (2.4)2 to 2.485 GHz)5 GHz
Communication Channel The number of channels you can set varies depending on the region where you use the printer.
SSID Any alphanumeric character (maximum 32)
Authentication Open SystemShared KeyWPA/WPA2Perform the RADIUS server authentication using 802.1x (EAP-TLS, LEAP, EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP, EAP-FAST protocol)
Encryption NoneWEP (64 bits/128 bits)AES (WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK, WPA-802.1x/WPA2-802.1x authentication)
Communication Mode InfrastructureAd Hoc
Software Specifications
Supported Protocol TCP/IP
Network Layer IP, ICMP
Session Layer TCP
Application Layer LPD, FTP, DHCP, HTTPS, SNMP, NTP

SATO CL608NX - CAUTION - 1

natural_image World map illustration showing continents and oceans (no text or labels)

Extensive contact information for worldwide SATO operations can be found on the Internet at www.satoworldwide.com

Table of contents Click a title to access it
Manual assistant
Powered by Anthropic
Waiting for your message
Product information

Brand : SATO

Model : CL608NX

Category : Label printer